mazda-om-release2-109 1..406€¦ · To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual ... baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision,

Black plate (1,1)

MX-5_8V80-EA-06F_Edition3 Page1Tuesday, August 29 2006 10:22 AM

Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (2,1)


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (3,1)

Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with completecustomer satisfaction in mind.

To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manualcarefully and follow its recommendations.

An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service isnecessary, that's the place to go.

Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the bestpossible service.

We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasureand in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.

Mazda Motor CorporationHIROSHIMA, JAPAN

Important Notes About This ManualKeep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda. Should youresell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.

All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal atMazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation.

Event Data RecorderThis vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. In the event of a crash, this device records data related tovehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time. These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safervehicles.

Air Conditioning and the EnvironmentYour Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that has been found not todamage the earth's ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may findsome explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

©2006 Mazda Motor CorporationPrinted in Japan Sep. 2006(Print3)

AWord to Mazda Owners


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (4,1)

We want to help you get the most drivingpleasure from your vehicle. Your owner'smanual, when read from cover to cover,can do that in many ways.

Illustrations complement the words of themanual to best explain how to enjoy yourMazda. By reading your manual, you canfind out about the features, importantsafety information, and driving undervarious road conditions.

The symbol below in this manual means“Do not do this” or “Do not let thishappen”.

Index: A good place to start is the Index,an alphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.

You'll find several WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.

WARNINGAWARNING indicates a situation inwhich serious injury or death couldresult if the warning is ignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich bodily injury or damage to yourvehicle, or both, could result if thecaution is ignored.

NOTE

A NOTE provides information andsometimes suggests how to make betteruse of your vehicle.

The symbol below, located on some partsof the vehicle, indicates that this manualcontains information related to the part.Please refer to the manual for a detailedexplanation.

How to Use This Manual


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (5,1)


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Table of Contents

Your Vehicle at a GlanceInterior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

1

Essential Safety EquipmentUse of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

2

Knowing Your MazdaExplanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

3

Before Driving Your MazdaImportant information about driving your Mazda.

4

Driving Your MazdaExplanation of instruments and controls.

5

Interior ComfortUse of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

6

In Case of an EmergencyHelpful information on what to do in an emergency.

7

Maintenance and CareHow to keep your Mazda in top condition.

8

Customer Information and Reporting Safety DefectsImportant consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

9

SpecificationsTechnical information about your Mazda.

10

Index 11

Black plate (6,1)


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (7,1)

1 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.

Dashboard and Interior Overview .............................................. 1-2

Exterior Overview ......................................................................... 1-4

1-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (8,1)

The equipment and installation position varies by model.

1-2

Your Vehicle at a Glance

Dashboard and Interior Overview


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (9,1)

Power door lock switch ..................................................................................... page 3-29Outside mirror switch ........................................................................................ page 3-79DSC OFF switch ............................................................................................... page 5-24Passenger airbag deactivation switch ................................................................ page 2-30Dashboard illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-37Lighting control/Turn signals ............................................................................ page 5-52Instrument cluster .............................................................................................. page 5-33Air bags ............................................................................................................. page 2-26Wiper and washer lever ..................................................................................... page 5-55Cruise control switches ...................................................................................... page 5-20Power retractable hardtop switches ................................................................... page 3-54Hazard warning flasher switch .......................................................................... page 5-57Climate control system ........................................................................................ page 6-2Audio system ..................................................................................................... page 6-10Parking brake ....................................................................................................... page 5-5Power window switches .................................................................................... page 3-35MT shift lever ...................................................................................................... page 5-9AT shift lever (Sport AT) ................................................................................... page 5-12Accessory socket ............................................................................................... page 6-47Ignition switch ..................................................................................................... page 5-2Tilt wheel release lever ...................................................................................... page 3-79Audio control switch ......................................................................................... page 6-40Fog light switch ................................................................................................. page 5-54Hood release handle .......................................................................................... page 3-40Trunk release button .......................................................................................... page 3-31Fuse box ............................................................................................................ page 8-46Seat belt ............................................................................................................... page 2-5Seats ..................................................................................................................... page 2-2Sunvisor ............................................................................................................. page 6-43Rearview mirror ................................................................................................. page 3-80Interior light ....................................................................................................... page 6-43Vanity mirror ...................................................................................................... page 6-43Glove box .......................................................................................................... page 6-45Mesh Pocket ...................................................................................................... page 6-46Cup holder ......................................................................................................... page 6-44Bottle Holder ..................................................................................................... page 6-45Remote fuel-filler lid release ............................................................................. page 3-39


Dashboard and Interior Overview

1-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (10,1)

The equipment and installation position varies by model.

1-4


Exterior Overview


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (11,1)

Trunk lid ............................................................................................................ page 3-31Rear window defroster ....................................................................................... page 5-56Antenna ............................................................................................................. page 6-10Doors and keys .................................................................................................. page 3-28Outside mirror .................................................................................................... page 3-79Tires ................................................................................................................... page 8-33Light bulbs ......................................................................................................... page 8-38Hood .................................................................................................................. page 3-40Windshield wiper blades .................................................................................... page 8-28Convertible top (Soft top) .................................................................................. page 3-41Detachable hardtop ............................................................................................ page 3-46Convertible top (Power retractable hardtop) ...................................................... page 3-54Power windows ................................................................................................. page 3-35Fuel-filler lid ...................................................................................................... page 3-38


Exterior Overview

1-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (12,1)

1-6


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (13,1)

2 Essential Safety Equipment

Use of safety equipment, including seats, seat belt system, child-restraintsystems and SRS air bags.

Seats ............................................................................................... 2-2Seats .......................................................................................... 2-2

Seat Belt Systems .......................................................................... 2-5Seat Belt Precautions ................................................................ 2-5Seat Belt .................................................................................... 2-8Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems ................ 2-10Seat Belt Extender ................................................................... 2-12Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep ................................................ 2-13

Child Restraint ............................................................................ 2-15Child Restraint Precautions ..................................................... 2-15Installing a Child-Restraint System ......................................... 2-20LATCH Child-Restraint System ............................................. 2-23

SRS Air Bags ............................................................................... 2-26Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) Precautions ............... 2-26Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch .................................. 2-30Supplemental Restraint System Components ......................... 2-34How the Air Bags Work .......................................................... 2-37

2-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (14,1)

Seats

WARNINGDo not modify or replace the frontseats:Modifying or replacing the front seatssuch as replacing the upholstery orloosening any bolts is dangerous. Thefront seats contain air bagcomponents essential to thesupplemental restraint system. Suchmodifications could damage thesupplemental restraint system andresult in serious injury. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer if there isany need to remove or reinstall thefront seats.

Do not drive with damaged front seats:Driving with damaged front seats isdangerous. A collision, even one notstrong enough to inflate the air bags,could damage the front seats whichcontain essential air bag components.If there was a subsequent collision, anair bag may not deploy which couldlead to injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer inspect thefront seats, front seat beltpretensioners and air bags after acollision.

WARNINGMake sure the adjustable componentsof a seat are locked in place:Adjustable seats and seatbacks thatare not securely locked are dangerous.In a sudden stop or collision, the seator seatback could move, causinginjury. Make sure the adjustablecomponents of the seat are locked inplace by attempting to slide the seatforward and backward and rockingthe seatback.

qSeat Slide

WARNINGAdjust the driver seat only when thevehicle is stopped:Adjusting the driver's seat while thevehicle is moving is dangerous. Thedriver could lose control of the vehicleand have an accident.

To move a seat forward or backward, raisethe lever and slide the seat to the desiredposition and release the lever.

2-2

Essential Safety Equipment

Seats


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (15,1)

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seat is locked in place byattempting to push it forward andbackward.

qSeat Recline

WARNINGDo not drive with the seats reclined:Sitting in a reclined position while thevehicle is moving is dangerousbecause you don't get the fullprotection from seat belts. Duringsudden braking or a collision, you canslide under the lap belt and sufferserious internal injuries. Formaximum protection, sit well back andupright.

Always sit in a passenger seat properlywith the seatback upright and feet onthe floor:If your vehicle is equipped withpassenger seat weight sensors, sittingin the passenger seat improperly out ofposition or with the seatback reclinedtoo far while the vehicle is moving isdangerous as it can take off weightfrom the seat bottom and affect theweight determination of the passengersensing system. As a result thepassenger will not have thesupplementary protection of the airbag and seat belt pretensioner, whichcould cause result in serious injury.Always sit upright against yourseatback, with your feet on the floor.

WARNINGDo not drive with the seatbackunlocked:The seatback plays an important rolein your protection in a vehicle.Leaving the seatback unlocked isdangerous as it can allow passengersto be ejected or thrown around andbaggage to strike occupants in asudden stop or collision, resulting insevere injury. After adjusting theseatback at any time, even when thereare no other passengers, rock theseatback to make sure it is locked inplace.

To change the seatback angle, leanforward slightly while raising the lever.Then lean back to the desired position andrelease the lever.

Make sure the lever returns to its originalposition and the seatback is locked inplace by attempting to push it forward andbackward.


Seats

2-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (16,1)

CAUTIONWhen returning a rear-reclined seatbackto its upright position, make sure youhold onto the seatback with your otherhand while operating the lever. If theseatback is not supported, it will flipforward suddenly and could causeinjury.

qSeat Warmerí

The seats are electrically heated. Theignition switch must be in the ONposition.

Press the switch to turn the seat warmeron or off. When the switch is in the ONposition, the indicator light will come on.

ON

OFF

NOTE

The seat temperature is regulatedautomatically by a thermostat. Otherthan turning it on or off, it cannot beadjusted.

2-4


íSome models.

Seats


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (17,1)

Seat Belt PrecautionsSeat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and suddenstops. Mazda recommends that the driver and passenger always wear seat belts.

All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the waywhen not in use.

The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only anemergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during acollision.

However, the passenger's seat lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes: emergencylocking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for securing the LATCH child-restraint system in the passenger seat but there is no child-restraint tether available. Asthere is no rear seat on this vehicle, the preferred location for children, following themanufacturer's instructions on the LATCH child restraint-system and this owner's manual isimportant (page 2-23).

WARNINGAlways wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants notwearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown outof the vehicle. They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision,occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer.

Do not wear twisted seat belts:Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is notavailable to absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt,which could cause serious injury or death.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt usedin this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could becrushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for morethan one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properlyrestrained.


Seat Belt Systems

2-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (18,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbingof the seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in acollision. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use duringan accident before they are used again.

Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has beenexpended:If the air bags deploy the corresponding pretensioner(s) may also deploy at the sametime. While it is safer to use a crash-used seat belt that was used in an accident thanno seat belt at all, using a seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiterloaded reduces the safety available to you. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensionerswill only function once. After they are expended, they will not function again andmust be replaced immediately. If the seat belt pretensioners are not replaced, the riskof injury in a collision will increase. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspectthe seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision. Expended seat beltpretensioners and air bags must be replaced after any collision which caused them todeploy. Additionally, the load limiter will only limit loads on the chest once in acollision and this is another reason to have the seat belts inspected.

CAUTIONBelt retraction may become difficult if the belts and seat belt guides are soiled, so try tokeep them clean. For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to “Cleaning theLap/Shoulder Belt Webbing” (page 8-58).

Seat belt guide

2-6


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (19,1)

qPregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions

Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specificrecommendations.The lap belt should be worn SNUGLYAND AS LOWAS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across thestomach area.Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with yourdoctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.

qEmergency Locking Mode

In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and theretractor will lock in position during a collision. When the seat belt is fastened, it willalways be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode bypulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortablemovement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it may be in the automatic lockingmode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return to the belt to the morecomfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe, levelarea, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend itaround you again.

qAutomatic Locking Mode

To enable seat belt automatic locking mode, pull it all the way out and connect it asinstructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract down to the child-restraint systemand stay locked on it. If the LATCH lower anchors are not used alone for LATCH stylejunior seats and infant carriers without tethers, always use the automatic locking mode tokeep the child-restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of anaccident. See the section on child restraint (page 2-15).


Seat Belt Systems

2-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (20,1)

Seat Belt

WARNINGAlways wear the seat belt with itcorrectly routed in its guide:Wearing a seat belt without the seatbelt routed in its guide is dangerousbecause the seat belt would not be ableto provide adequate protection in anaccident, which could result in seriousinjury.

Seat belt guide

qFastening the Seat Belt

1. Grasp the tongue.

2. Slowly pull out the lap/shoulder belt.

Belt

Tongue

3. Insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear a click.

Tongue

Buckle

WARNINGPositioning the Shoulder Portion ofthe Seat Belt:Improper positioning of the shoulderportion of the seat belt is dangerous.Always make sure the shoulderportion of the seat belt is positionedacross your shoulder and near yourneck, but never under your arm, onyour neck, or on your upper arm.

4. Position the lap belt as low as possible,not on the abdominal area, then adjustthe shoulder belt so that it fits snuglyagainst your body.

Too high

Take up slack Keep low on hip bone

2-8


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (21,1)

WARNINGPositioning the Lap Portion of theSeat Belt:The lap portion of the seat belt worntoo high is dangerous. In a collision,this would concentrate the impactforce directly on the abdominal area,causing serious injury. Wear the lapportion of the belt snugly and as lowas possible.

qUnfastening the Seat Belt

Depress the button on the buckle. If thebelt does not fully retract, pull it out andcheck for kinks or twists. Then make sureit remains untwisted as it retracts.

Button

NOTE

If a belt does not fully retract, inspect itfor kinks and twists. If it is still notretracting properly, have it inspected atan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSeat Belt Caution Label

A caution label has been placed inside thesleeve of the lap portion of the driver'sseat belt. When an accident occurs whilethe seat belt is in use, the resulting stresson the seat belt will cause an indicatorwith the words “REPLACE BELT”visible on it to be pulled out of the sleevebelow the caution label. This indicatesthat THE SEAT BELT MUST BEREPLACED.Also note that if at any time the seat belthas undergone stress because of anaccident or other reason, damage to theseat belt's webbing, metal fittings, oranchor bolt may have occurred, eventhough nothing appears to be wrong withthe seat belt. For this reason werecommend that the seat belt be replacedafter it has undergone stress, whether ornot the indicator has been pulled out.

Caution label


Seat Belt Systems

2-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (22,1)

Seat Belt Pretensioner andLoad Limiting Systems

For optimum protection, the driver andpassenger seat belts are equipped withpretensioner and load limiting systems.For both these systems to work properlyyou must wear the seat belt properly.

Pretensioners:In moderate or severe frontal or near-frontal accidents, the air bag andpretensioner systems deploysimultaneously when the seat belt is worn.If the seat occupant is not wearing a seatbelt, that person's pretensioner will notfire even if the air bag does. The seat beltretractors remove slack quickly as the airbags are expanding.In addition, the pretensioner system forthe passenger, like the passenger air bag,is designed to only deploy in accordancewith the total seated weight on thepassenger seat (page 2-37) or when thepassenger air bag deactivation switchturned off (page 2-30). Any time the airbags and seat belt pretensioners have firedthey must be replaced.

Load limiter:The load limiting system releases beltwebbing in a controlled manner to reducebelt force on the occupant's chest. Whilethe most severe load on a seat belt occursin frontal collisions, the load limiter hasan automatic mechanical function and canactivate in any accident mode withsufficient occupant movement.Even if the pretensioners have not fired,the load limiting function must bechecked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGWear seat belts only as recommendedin this owner's manual:Incorrect positioning of the driver andpassenger seat belts is dangerous.Without proper positioning, thepretensioner and load limiting systemscannot provide adequate protection inan accident and this could result inserious injury. For more details aboutwearing seat belts, refer to “Fasteningthe seat belts” (page 2-8).

Have your seat belts changedimmediately if the pretensioner or loadlimiter has been expended:If the air bags deploy thecorresponding pretensioner(s) mayalso deploy at the same time. While itis safer to use a crash-used seat beltthat was used in an accident than noseat belt at all, using a seat belt withan expended pretensioner or loadlimiter loaded reduces the safetyavailable to you. Like the air bags, theseat belt pretensioners will onlyfunction once. After they areexpended, they will not function againand must be replaced immediately. Ifthe seat belt pretensioners are notreplaced, the risk of injury in acollision will increase. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer inspect theseat belt pretensioners and air bagsafter any collision. Expended seat beltpretensioners and air bags must bereplaced after any collision whichcaused them to deploy. Additionally,the load limiter will only limit loads onthe chest once in a collision and this isanother reason to have the seat beltsinspected.

2-10


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (23,1)

WARNINGDo not modify the components orwiring, or use electronic testingdevices on the pretensioner system:Modifying the components or wiringof the pretensioner system, includingthe use of electronic testing devices isdangerous. You could accidentallyactivate it or make it inoperable whichwould prevent it from activating in anaccident. The occupants or repairerscould be seriously injured.

Properly dispose of the pretensionersystem:Improper disposal of the pretensionersystem or a vehicle with non-deactivated pretensioners isdangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury couldresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of thepretensioner system or how to scrap apretensioner-equipped vehicle.

NOTE

l The pretensioner system will activatein a moderate or greater frontal ornear-frontal collision. Thepretensioner system for thepassenger is designed to only deployin accordance with the total seatedweight on the passenger seat. It willnot activate in most rollovers, side orrear impacts.

l Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will bereleased when the air bags andpretensioners deploy. This does notindicate a fire. This gas normally hasno effect on occupants, however,those with sensitive skin mayexperience light skin irritation. Ifresidue from the deployment of theair bags or the pretensioner systemgets on the skin or in the eyes, washit off as soon as possible.

qAir Bag/Seat Belt PretensionerSystem Warning Light

If the air bag/seat belt pretensioner systemis working properly, the warning lightilluminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position or after theengine is cranked. The warning light turnsoff after a specified period of time.


Seat Belt Systems

2-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (24,1)

A system malfunction is indicated if thewarning light constantly flashes,constantly illuminates or does notilluminate at all when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position. If either ofthese occur, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible. The systemmay not work in an accident.

WARNINGNever tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always havean Authorized Mazda Dealer performall servicing and repairs:Self-servicing or tampering with thesystems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could accidentallyactivate or become disabled causingserious injury or death.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf your seat belt is not long enough, evenwhen fully extended, a seat belt extendermay be available to you at no charge fromyour Authorized Mazda Dealer.This extender will be only for you and forthe particular vehicle and seat. Even if itplugs into other seat belts, it may not holdin the critical moment of a crash.When ordering an extender, only orderone that provides the necessary additionallength to fasten the seat belt properly.Please contact your Authorized MazdaDealer for more information.

WARNINGDo not use a seat belt extender unlessit is necessary:Using a seat belt extender when notnecessary is dangerous. The seat beltwill be too long and not fit properly. Inan accident, the seat belt will notprovide adequate protection and youcould be seriously injured. Only usethe extender when it is required tofasten the seat belt properly.

Do not use an improper extender:Using a seat belt extender that is foranother person or a different vehicleor seat is dangerous. The seat belt willnot provide adequate protection andthe user could be seriously injured inan accident. Only use the extenderprovided for you and for the particularvehicle and seat. NEVER use theextender in a different vehicle or seat.

2-12


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (25,1)

WARNINGDo not use an extender that is toolong:Using an extender that is too long isdangerous. The seat belt will not fitproperly. In an accident, the seat beltwill not provide adequate protectionand you could be seriously injured. Donot use the extender or choose oneshorter in length if the distancebetween the extender's buckle and thecenter of the user's body is less than15cm (6 in).

NOTE

When not in use, remove the seat beltextender and store it in the vehicle. Ifthe seat belt extender is left connected,the seat belt extender might getdamaged as it will not retract with therest of the seat belt and can easily fallout of the door when not in use and bedamaged. In addition, the seat beltwarning light will not illuminate andfunction properly.

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

qBelt Minder

NOTE

The belt minder can be deactivated.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer todeactivate and restore the seat beltminder.


Seat Belt Systems

2-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (26,1)

Driver seated/Passenger not seated

The belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep

: Fastened: Unfastened: Illuminated: Flashing: Beep

Once the beep sound is heard, it continuessounding even if the vehicle speed lowersto 20 km/h (12 mph) or less until theseatbelt is fastened or the beep soundperiod has passed.

Driver seated/Passenger seated

The seat belt warning light/beep remindsthe passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep



NOTE

l To allow the passenger seat weightsensor to function properly, do notplace and sit on an additional seatcushion on the passenger seat. Thesensor may not function properlybecause the additional seat cushioncould cause sensor interference.

l Placing packages, luggage, pets orother items on the passenger seatmay cause the passenger belt minderwarning light and beep to operatedepending on the weight of the item.

2-14


Seat Belt Systems


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (27,1)

Child Restraint PrecautionsMazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to usethem.

You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safetyof children riding in your vehicle.

Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the ageand size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individualchild-restraint system.

A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should use seat belts, both lap andshoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to the center ofthe vehicle .

A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the passenger seat with theair bag system activated.If a small child or infant in the passenger seat ― particularly a child secured in a rear-facing child-restraint system ― it is critically important that you consciously deactivate thepassenger air bag and not simply rely on the passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightbeing turned on at all times. In a collision, the force of an air bag slamming the child-restraint system rearwards could result in death to the child even if the child is properlybelted. Be alert to the operation of the indicator light and BE SURE THE PASSENGERAIR BAG IS ALWAYS DEACTIVATED AS INDICATED BY PASSENGER AIR BAGDEACTIVATION INDICATOR LIGHT.Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light


Child Restraint

2-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (28,1)

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by the deployment of the passenger air bag, thereare two methods to deactivate the passenger air bag for a child's safety as follows ―however the surest way to avoid the passenger air bag not deploying is to use the key andturn off the passenger air bag and not rely on the passenger seat weight sensors, which willalso detect other loads or objects on and around the passenger seat;

Passenger air bag deactivation switchThis switch should be used to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also thepassenger seat belt pretensioner system if installing a child-restraint system is installed onthe passenger seat.Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position exceptwhen a child-restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.Passenger seat weight sensorsThese sensors deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seatbelt pretensioner system when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less thanapproximately 30 kg (66 lb).When an infant or small child is seated on the passenger seat, the system shuts off thepassenger air bag, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator lightilluminates.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemWe have installed lower LATCH anchor points for LATCH style junior seats and infantcarriers that work without tethers only. Any other child-restraint system that has an uppertether cannot be used in this vehicle because there is no tether anchor. A child-restraintsystem with a tether cannot be properly mounted in this vehicle unless the child restraintmanufacturer provides instructions on mounting the child-restraint system with only seatbelts in automatic locking mode. Even then, without a tether, the child-restraint system maymove forward more easily in seat belts, further degrading the safety provided if you were toput the child restraint in a tether anchor equipped rear seat of another vehicle. The seat andhead restraint is designed for maximum adult space utilization in this vehicle. Do not try tosecure the tether to something else in the vehicle, as too much slack will result and theserious risk of injury or death to the child. Use the seat belts to properly secure the non-tethered child-restraint systems other than the LATCH junior seats and non-tethered infantcarriers. Turn off the passenger air bag deactivation switch. To expose and use the lowerLATCH anchor points, which are affixed to the body and not the seat, slide the seat all theway rearward which is the optimal vehicle seat position for all children in this two seat car.

2-16


Child Restraint


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (29,1)

WARNINGUse the correct size child-restraint system:For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must beproperly restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age andsize. If not, the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint systembuckled down:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sureany child-restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle orfasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCHchild-restraint systems.

Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. Nomatter how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a suddenstop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or otheroccupants. Even in a moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forcesthat could result in serious injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammedinto an adult, causing injury to both child and adult.

Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedwhen using a rear-facing child-restraint system:Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminatedis extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and cause seriousinjuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system.Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedusing the key to turn the passenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.


Child Restraint

2-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (30,1)

WARNINGSeating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous:This vehicle is equipped with both a passenger seat weight sensor and a passenger airbag deactivation indicator light (page 2-37). Even with the passenger seat weightsensors, seating a child in a child-restraint system on the passenger seat under thefollowing conditions increases the danger of the passenger air bag deploying andcould result in serious injury or death to the child. These are among the reasons whythe passenger air bag should be turned off using the key.l The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the passengerseat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more with a child in the child-restraintsystem.

l Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

l The seat is washed.l Liquids are spilled on the seat.l The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other itemsplaced behind it.

l Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console.l Any accessories, which might increase the total seated weight on the passengerseat, are attached to the passenger seat.

Do not allow a child to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side airbags:Allowing anyone to lean over or against the door is dangerous. If the vehicle isequipped with side air bags, the impact of an inflating side air bag could cause seriousinjury or death to the person. Children are more likely to sleep in the vehicle; whenthey do, they are more at risk in the passenger's seat that has a side air bag becausethey may slump over into the path of the seatback-mounted air bag. Furthermore,leaning over or against the doors could block the side air bag and eliminate theadvantages of supplemental protection. Because the side air bag deploys from theoutboard shoulder of the seat, do not allow the child to lean over or against the sidewindow, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.

Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt usedin this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could becrushed together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for morethan one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properlyrestrained.

2-18


Child Restraint


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (31,1)

WARNINGAlways use a child-restraint system designed for use without a tether:Using a child-restraint system that requires a tether is dangerous. Your Mazda doesnot have a child-restraint tether. The child-restraint system cannot be properlysecured. In a collision, it could move and injure other occupants as well as result inserious injuries or death to the child.

CAUTIONA seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot when exposed to directsunlight during warm weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them beforeyou or your child touches them.

NOTE

Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of speciallydesigned LATCH child-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through thepassenger seat when it is in the fully rearward position. When using these anchors tosecure a child-restraint system, refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-23).


Child Restraint

2-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (32,1)

Installing a Child-Restraint System

The passenger lap/shoulder belt can easilybe converted into the automatic lockingmode, which must be done to hold thechild-restraint system.Some child-restraint systems also employspecially designed LATCH attachments;refer to “LATCH Child-RestraintSystems” (page 2-23).Follow these manufacturer's instructionswhen installing a child-restraint system onthe passenger's seat, unless you areattaching a LATCH-equipped child-restraint system to the LATCH loweranchors. Refer to “LATCH Child-Restraint Systems” (page 2-23).

NOTE

Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully. Ifyou are not sure whether you have aLATCH system, check in the child-restraint system manufacturer'sinstructions and follow themaccordingly. Depending on the type ofchild-restraint system, it may notemploy seat belts which are inautomatic locking mode, however if ituses an upper tether, it may not bemounted properly in this vehicle asthere is no safe way to anchor the tether.Confirm whether the child-restraintsystem can be used with seat belts byreading the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

Before installing a child-restraint system,make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminated byusing the key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors onpage 2-37.Refer to Passenger Air Bag DeactivationSwitch on page 2-30.

1. Make sure to remove articles frombehind the passenger seat that wouldprevent the seat from sliding back fully,and then slide the seat as far back aspossible.

2. Secure the child-restraint system withthe lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.See the instructions on the child-restraint system for belt routinginstructions.

3. To get the retractor into the automaticlocking mode, pull the shoulder beltportion of the seat belt until the entirelength of the belt is out of the retractor.

2-20


Child Restraint


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (33,1)

4. Push the child-restraint system firmlyinto the vehicle seat. Be sure the beltretracts as snugly as possible. Clickingfrom the retractor will be heard duringretraction if the system is in automaticlocking mode. If the belt does not lockthe seat down tight, repeat this step.

5. Make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesby using the key to turn the passengerair bag off after installing a child-restraint system on the passenger seat.

WARNINGAlways make sure the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light isilluminated when using a rear-facingchild-restraint system:Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light notilluminated is extremely dangerous. Inan accident, a air bag could inflateand cause serious injuries or evendeath to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system. Alwaysmake sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light isilluminated using the key to turn thepassenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensorson page 2-37.Refer to Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch on page 2-30.


Child Restraint

2-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (34,1)

NOTE

l Inspect this function before each useof the child-restraint system. Youshould not be able to pull theshoulder belt out of the retractorwhile the system is in the automaticlocking mode. When you remove thechild-restraint system, be sure thebelt fully retracts to return the systemto emergency locking mode beforeoccupants use the seat belts.

l Follow the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions carefully.Depending on the type of child-restraint system, it may not employseat belts which are in automaticlocking mode, however if it uses anupper tether, it may not be mountedproperly in this vehicle as there is nosafe way to anchor the tether.Confirm whether the child-restraintsystem can be used with seat belts byreading the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

2-22


Child Restraint


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (35,1)

LATCH Child-Restraint SystemYour Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designedLATCH child-restraint systems behind the passenger seat that slide through the passengerseat when it is in the fully rearward position. Only LATCH junior seats and infant carrierswithout upper tethers can be used in this position, as there is no good place to anchor thetether due to this vehicle's design. Both anchors must be used when installing these loweranchor only child-restraint systems, otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the childin danger.

WARNINGFollow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sureany child-restraint system does not rely on an upper tether and then properly securethose non-tethered seats according to the child-restraint system manufacturer'sinstructions.

Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision itcould move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow thechild-restraint system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seatjust as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in animproperly secured seat later on. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fastenit with a seat belt, or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems.

Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint system:Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installingthe child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent thechild-restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors andthe child-restraint system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could movein a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or otheroccupants. When installing the child-restraint system, make sure there are no seatbelts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors. Always follow thechild-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.


Child Restraint

2-23


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (36,1)

qLATCH Child-Restraint SystemInstallation Procedure

Before installing a child-restraint system,make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminated byusing the key to turn the passenger air bagoff.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors onpage 2-37.Refer to Passenger Air Bag DeactivationSwitch on page 2-30.

1. Make sure to remove articles frombehind the passenger seat that wouldprevent the seat from sliding back fully,and then slide the seat as far back aspossible to insert the LATCH loweranchors between the seat bottom andthe seatback.

2. Expand the area between the seatbottom and the seatback slightly toverify the locations of the LATCHlower anchors.

NOTE

The markings above the LATCH loweranchors indicate the locations of theLATCH lower anchors for theattachment of a child-restraint system.

3. Secure the child-restraint system usingBOTH LATCH lower anchors,following the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instruction, however ifit uses an upper tether, it may not bemounted properly in this vehicle asthere is no safe way to anchor thetether. Confirm whether the child-restraint system can be used with seatbelts by reading the child-restraintsystem manufacturer's instructions.

4. Make sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminatesby using the key to turn the passengerair bag off after installing a child-restraint system on the passenger seat.

2-24


Child Restraint


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (37,1)

WARNINGAlways make sure the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light isilluminated when using a rear-facingchild-restraint system:Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger airbag deactivation indicator light notilluminated is extremely dangerous. Inan accident, a air bag could inflateand cause serious injuries or evendeath to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system. Alwaysmake sure the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light isilluminated using the key to turn thepassenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensorson page 2-37.Refer to Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch on page 2-30.


Child Restraint

2-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (38,1)

Supplemental Restraint Systems (SRS) PrecautionsThe front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include up to 4 air bags (verify“SRS AIRBAG” location indicator marks).They are located in:

l The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)

l The passenger dashboard (passenger air bag)

l The outboard sides of the seatbacks (side air bags)í

These systems operate independently depending on the type of accident encountered; ifyou have side air bags, the side air bags are not likely to deploy on both sides in the sameaccident because a vehicle is not often hit from both sides. The side air bags and the frontalair bag system will not normally deploy during the same type of accident unless acombination of frontal and side impacts occur.

The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protectionin certain situations, so seat belts are always important in the following ways:

Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.Seat belt usage is necessary to:

l Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air baginflation, such as roll-over or rear impact.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal or side collisions that are not severe enoughto activate the air bags.

l Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.

l Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because theair bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.

l Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.

Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in everystate and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraintsystem (page 2-15).Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow theinstallation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint systemmanufacturer's instructions.

Do not use a child-restraint system which employs an upper tether because there is noappropriate means to anchor the tether.

2-26


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (39,1)

WARNINGSeat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone,air bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected toinflate only in the first collision with frontal, near frontal or side forces that are atleast moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.

Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedwhen using a rear-facing child-restraint system:Seating a child in a rear-facing child-restraint system that is installed on thepassenger seat with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminatedis extremely dangerous. In an accident, a air bag could inflate and cause seriousinjuries or even death to the child seated in the rear-facing child-restraint system.Always make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light is illuminatedusing the key to turn the passenger air bag off.Refer to Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch on page 2-30.Refer to Passenger seat weight sensors on page 2-37.

Do not sit too close to the driver and passenger air bags:Sitting too close to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feeton them is extremely dangerous. The driver and passenger air bags inflate with greatforce and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The drivershould always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The seat passenger shouldkeep both feet on the floor. Seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back aspossible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.


SRS Air Bags

2-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (40,1)

WARNINGDo not sit too close to a front door or lean against doors in vehicles with side air bags:Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them is extremelydangerous. A side air bag inflates with great force and speed directly out of theoutboard shoulder of the seat and expands along the door on the side the car is hit.Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaningagainst a window in the seats. Furthermore, sleeping up against the door or hangingout the driver's-side window while driving could block the side air bag and eliminatethe advantages of supplemental protection. Give the side air bags room to work bysitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts wornproperly.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and passenger air bagsdeploy:Attaching an object to the driver and passenger air bag modules or placing somethingin front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with air baginflation and injure the occupants.

Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:Attaching things to the seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat inany way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag,which inflates from the outboard side of the seats, impeding the added protection ofthe side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous.Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.Never use seat covers on the seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your seatsfree to deploy in the event of a side collision.

Do not place luggage or other objects under the seats:Placing luggage or other objects under the seats is dangerous. The componentsessential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of aside collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death orserious injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplementalrestraint system, do not place luggage or other objects under the seats.

Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bagshave inflated:Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags haveinflated is dangerous. Immediately after inflation, they are very hot. You could getburned.

2-28


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (41,1)

WARNINGNever install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bullbar, push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The airbag crash sensor system could be affected. This could cause air bags to inflateunexpectedly, or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident.Occupants could be seriously injured.

Do not modify the suspension:Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or thesuspension is modified, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collisionresulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of seriousinjuries.

Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system isdangerous. You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make anymodifications to the supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim,badges, or anything else over the air bag modules. It also includes installing extraelectrical equipment on or near system components or wiring. An Authorized MazdaDealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of frontseats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that thebags do not accidentally deploy, the driver seat slide position sensor and frontpassenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain anundamaged air bag connection.

NOTE

l When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will bereleased. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags maycause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.

l Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systemsand that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, isimportant.


SRS Air Bags

2-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (42,1)

Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Switch

WARNINGDo not deactivate the passenger air bag unnecessarily:Unnecessary deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. If turned offunnecessarily, the passenger will not receive the added protection of the air bag.Serious injuries or even death could occur. With the exception of passengers fittingthe categories described below, do not turn the air bag deactivation switch to the OFFposition.

Your vehicle is equipped with a passenger air bag deactivation switch. The switch islocated in the position shown in the figure below. The switch must be used to deactivatethe passenger front and side air bags and also the passenger seat belt pretensioner systemwhen the occupant of the passenger seat fits into one of the following categories (asdescribed in the request form for the passenger air bag deactivation switch, the appendix Bto part 595 of National Highway Traffic Safety Administration [NHTSA]):

l Infants (less than one year old; for all types of restraint, but particularly the rear-facingchild restraint.)

l Children aged 1 to 12

l People with certain medical conditions which, according to his/her physician, could beadversely affected by air-bag activation

For more government release information on air bag deactivation, contact an AuthorizedMazda Dealer for the occupant categories as described in the request form for the air bagdeactivation switch in the NHTSA rules.

2-30


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (43,1)

The air bag deactivation switch turns off the passenger front and side air bags and the alsoseat belt pretensioner system. Make sure the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theON position except when a passenger fitting the previous categories occupies the frontpassenger seat.

Passenger Air BagDeactivation Switch

Passenger Air BagDeactivation Indicator Light

Passenger Front and SideAir Bag Operation

Passenger Seat BeltPretensioner System

OFF position

ON Deactivate Deactivate

ON position

OFF Ready Ready

When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, the passenger air bag deactivationindicator light comes on for about 6 seconds.If the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position, the indicator lightremains on to warn that the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat beltpretensioner system have been deactivated.


SRS Air Bags

2-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (44,1)

In addition to using the key to deactivate the passenger front and side air bags and the alsoseat belt pretensioner system, the passenger front and side air bags and the also seat beltpretensioner system is also deactivated and the passenger air bag deactivation indicatorlight is illuminated automatically when the total seated weight on the passenger seat is lessthan 30 kg (66 lb).

NOTE

Have the passenger air bag deactivation switch inspected by an Authorized MazdaDealer if any of these conditions occur:

l The indicator light does not illuminate for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.

l The indicator light does not remain on when the ignition switch is in the ON positionand the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in the OFF position.

l The indicator remains on when the ignition switch is in the ON position and thepassenger air bag deactivation switch is in the ON position.

qTo Deactivate the Passenger Air Bag

Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theappropriate position according to your requirements (page 2-30).

WARNINGDo not leave the key in the passenger air bag deactivation switch:Unintentional deactivation of the passenger air bag is dangerous. In an accident, thepassenger will not be properly protected. Serious injuries or even death could occur.To avoid unintentional deactivation, always use the same key to operate the passengerair bag deactivation switch and the ignition switch, that way you will not leave the keyin the passenger air bag deactivation switch.

2-32


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (45,1)

1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the key clockwiseuntil the key points to OFF.

2. Remove the key.

3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light remains illuminated when the ignitionis in the ON position.

The passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system will remaindeactivated until the passenger air bag deactivation switch is turned to the ON position.

qTo Ready the Passenger Air Bag

Before driving, always confirm that the passenger air bag deactivation switch is in theappropriate position according to your requirements (page 2-30).

1. Insert the key into the passenger air bag deactivation switch and turn the keycounterclockwise until the key points to ON.

2. Remove the key.

3. Make sure the air bag deactivation indicator light turns off after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position.


SRS Air Bags

2-33


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (46,1)

Supplemental Restraint System ComponentsThe supplemental restraint systems (SRS) have two basic subsystems:

l The air bag system with inflators and air bags.

l The electrical system with crash sensors and diagnostic module.

The air bags are mounted in the following locations:

l The steering wheel hub

l The passenger dashboard

l The outboard sides of the seatbacksí

The air bags are out of sight until activated.

2-34


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (47,1)

qFront Air Bag System Components

(4)

(8)

(7)

(5)

(2)

(9)

(3)

(1)

(6)

(5)

(1) Front dual stage inflators and air bags(2) Front crash sensor(3) Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light (page 2-37)(4) Crash sensor and diagnostic module (SAS unit)(5) Seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems (page 2-10)(6) Passenger seat weight sensors (page 2-37)(7) Driver and passenger seat belt buckle switches (page 2-37)(8) Driver seat slide position sensor (page 2-37)(9) Seats


SRS Air Bags

2-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (48,1)

qSide Air Bag System Componentsí

(2)

(1)(3)

(4)

(1) Crash sensor and diagnostic module (SAS unit)(2) Side crash sensors(3) Side inflators and air bags(4) Seats

2-36


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (49,1)

How the Air Bags Work

qHow the Front Air Bags Work

When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the front air bags and after the inflation, the front air bagsquickly deflate.The front air bags will function only once. After that, the front air bags will not workagain and must be replaced.Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the system components.

The front, dual stage air bags control air bag inflation in two energy stages. During animpact of moderate severity the front air bags deploy with lesser energy, whereas duringmore severe impacts, they deploy with more energy. Deployment of the front air bags maydiffer between the driver and the front passenger depending on the driver seat position,front passenger weight and front seat belt usage, all of which provide data from each sensorto the air bag system.

The front air bags will deploy only in a frontal or frontal offset impact.

Driver seat slide position sensor

Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of thesupplemental restraint system. The sensor is located under the driver seat. The sensordetermines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seatposition to the diagnostic module (SAS unit). The sensor is also designed to control thedeployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steeringwheel.

The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possiblemalfunction (page 2-45).


SRS Air Bags

2-37


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (50,1)

Passenger seat weight sensors

Your vehicle is also equipped with the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light. Thedeactivation indicator light illuminates when the key is used to turn the passenger air bagoff or the automatic function operates based on the passenger seat weight sensors. Thesesensors are located under both of the passenger seat rails. These sensors determine the totalseated weight on the passenger seat. The sensors are also designed to prevent the passengerfront and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the total seatedweight is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).

To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the passenger air bag, the systemdeactivates the passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner systemwhen:

l There is no passenger in the passenger seat. (The passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminate.)

l The total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than approximately 30 kg (66 lb).(The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.)

This system shuts off the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensionersystem, so make sure the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminatesaccording to the following table.

The air bag/seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If thishappens, the passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will notdeploy.

Passenger air bag deactivation indicator light

This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the passenger front and side air bags andseat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.

2-38


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (51,1)

If the passenger weight sensors are working properly, the indicator light illuminates whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ON position. After about 6 seconds it goes out.

The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions:

Total seated weight on thepassenger seat

Passenger air bagdeactivation indicator light

Passenger front and sideair bags

Passenger seat beltpretensioner system

Empty (Not occupied)* OFF OFF OFF

Less than approx. 30 kg(66 lb)

ON OFF OFF

Approx. 42 kg (93 lb) ormore

OFF ON ON

If the passenger air bag has been deactivated using the key, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light willremain illuminated as long you leave the passenger air bag turned off, and the chart above no longer applies.Refer to Passenger air bag deactivation switch on page 2-30.* If the passenger seat belt is buckled, the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates, however thisdoes not indicate a malfunction.

If the passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart,do not allow a child to sit in the passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer assoon as possible. The system may not work properly in an accident. You must deactivatethe passenger air bag using the key (page 2-30) and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an adult or large child sits on the passenger seat, decreasing the total seatedweight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93lb) required for air bag deployment is dangerous. The passenger seat weight sensorswill detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the passenger front and sideair bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident. Thepassenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag, which couldresult in serious injury. Decreasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat fromthe total seated weight of approximately 42 kg (93 lb) could result in an air bag notdeploying under the following conditions, for example:l Luggage or other items placed under the passenger seat or between the passengerseat and center console that push up the passenger seat bottom.

l The passenger seat occupant sits in a manner such that the occupant's entireweight is not placed on the seat sitting too close to the door.

l Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the passenger seatare attached to the passenger seat.

The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is close to 30 kg (66 lb) andthey will reactivate before the weight exceeds 42 kg (93 lb).


SRS Air Bags

2-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (52,1)

WARNINGDo not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat:When an infant or small child sits on the passenger seat, increasing the total seatedweight on the passenger seat from the total seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66lb) is dangerous. The passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased totalseated weight, which could result in the unexpected deployment of the passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may causeserious injury. Increasing the total seated weight on the passenger seat beyond thetotal seated weight of approximately 30 kg (66 lb) could result in the passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident underthe following conditions, for example:l The total seated weight of the child with the child-restraint system on the passengerseat is approximately 30 kg (66 lb) or more.

l Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraintsystem.

l The seat is washed.l Liquids are spilled on the seat.l The passenger seat is moved backward, and it is pushed into luggage or other itemsplaced behind it.

l Luggage or other items are placed between the passenger seat and center console.l Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the passenger seatare attached to the passenger seat.

The passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems willdeactivate if the total seated weight on the passenger seat is less than approximately 30kg (66 lb) and they will reactivate when the weight exceeds approximately 42 kg (93lb).

CAUTIONl To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensorsin the seat bottoms:

l Do not place sharp objects on the seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them.l Do not spill any liquids on the seats or under the seats.

l To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:

l Adjust the seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbackswith seat belts worn properly.

l If you place your child on the passenger seat, secure the child-restraint systemproperly and slide the passenger seat as far back as possible.

2-40


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (53,1)

NOTE

l The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the passenger frontand side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.

l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly ifluggage or other items are put on the passenger seat, or if the temperature of thevehicle's interior changes suddenly.

l The passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if thetotal seated weight on the passenger seat changes.

l You must deactivate the passenger air bag using the key (page 2-30) and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Driver and passenger buckle switches

The buckle switches on the seat belts detect whether or not the seat belts are securelyfastened and further control the deployment of the air bags.

qHow the Side Air Bags Workí

When air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, anelectrical current is sent to the inflators.Gases are produced to inflate the side air bags and after the inflation, the side air bagsquickly deflate. However, the side air bag system for the passenger is designed to onlydeploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the passenger seat.The side air bags will function only once. After that, the side air bags will not work againand must be replaced. Only an Authorized Mazda Dealer can replace the systems.

The side air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact.


SRS Air Bags

2-41íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (54,1)

qAir Bag Activation/Deactivation

NOTE

If the passenger seat weight sensors detect a total seated weight on the passenger seat isless than approximately 42 kg (93 lb), the passenger front and side air bags and seat beltpretensioner may not deploy (page 2-37).

Front air bag activation

The front air bags will inflate if theseverity of impact is above the designedthreshold level.

l Hitting a solid wall straight on atgreater than about 22 km/h (14 mph).

l Hitting a curb, pavement edge or hardobject.

l Landing hard or the vehicle falling.

l Frontal impact within about a 30degree range from head-on to thevehicle.

l Driving into a big hole or hitting the farside of a hole.

Limitations to front air bag activation

Depending on the severity of impact, thefront air bags may not inflate in thefollowing cases:

l Impacts involving trees or poles causesevere cosmetic damage but may nothave enough stopping force to activatethe air bag.

2-42


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (55,1)

l Frontal offset impact to the vehiclemay not provide the stopping forcenecessary for air bag deployment.

l Rear-ending or running under a truck'stail gate may not provide the stoppingforce necessary for air bag deployment.

Non-activation of front air bags

Front air bags will not normally inflate inthe following cases:

l Collision from the rear.

l Impact to the side, but it may deploythe side air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over, may deploy the sideair bags but not the front air bags.

Side air bag activationí

The severity of impact above the designedthreshold level to one side of the vehicle(driver or passenger side areas) will causea side air bag on that side to inflate, but itwill not normally deploy the front airbags.

Limitations to side air bag activationí

Depending on the severity of impact, aside air bag may not inflate in thefollowing cases:

l Frontal offset impact may not provideenough side impact to deploy the sideair bags.


SRS Air Bags

2-43íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (56,1)

l Side impacts involving trees or polescan cause severe cosmetic damage butmay not have enough impact force toactivate the side air bags.

l Vehicle roll-over may not provideenough side force to deploy the side airbags.

l Side impacts with two-wheeledvehicles may not provide enough forceto deploy the side air bags.

Non-activation of side air bagí

A side air bag will not normally inflate inthe following cases:

l Collision from the rear.

l Collision from the front, but it maydeploy the front air bags.

qConstant Monitoring

The following components of the air bagsystems are monitored by a diagnosticsystem:

l SAS unit

l Crash sensor

l Air bag modules

l Side crash sensorsí

l Seat belt pretensioners

l Related wiring

l Front passenger air bag deactivationswitch

l Driver seat slide position sensor

l Front passenger seat weight sensors

l Driver and front passenger seat beltbuckle switches

The diagnostic module continuouslymonitors the system's readiness. Thisbegins when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position and continues whilethe vehicle is being driven.

2-44


íSome models.

SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (57,1)





qMaintenance

The air bag systems do not require regularmaintenance. But if any of the followingoccurs, take your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible:

l The air bag system warning lightflashes.

l The air bag system warning lightremains illuminated.

l The air bag system warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position.

l The air bags have deployed.

l Passenger air bag deactivationindicator light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position or does not illuminateas indicated in the chart or when youmanually deactivate the passenger airbag with the key.For more details about passenger airbag deactivation, refer to:

l Passenger seat weight sensors (page2-37)

l Passenger air bag deactivationswitch (page 2-30)


SRS Air Bags

2-45


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (58,1)

WARNINGDo not operate a vehicle with damagedair bag/seat belt pretensioner systemcomponents:Expended or damaged air bag/seatbelt pretensioner system componentsmust be replaced after any collisionwhich caused them to deploy ordamage them. Only a trainedAuthorized Mazda Dealer can fullyevaluate these systems to see that theywill work in any subsequent accident.Driving with an expended or damagedair bag or pretensioner unit will notafford you the necessary protection inthe event of any subsequent accidentwhich could result in serious injury ordeath.

Do not remove interior air bag parts:Removing any components such as theseats(if side air bags are equipped),dashboard, the steering wheel or partscontaining air bag parts or sensors isdangerous. These parts containessential air bag components. The airbag could accidentally activate andcause serious injuries. Always have anAuthorized Mazda Dealer removethese parts.

Dispose of the air bag properly:Improper disposal of an air bag or avehicle with live air bags in it can beextremely dangerous. Unless all safetyprocedures are followed, injury canresult. Ask an Authorized MazdaDealer how to safely dispose of an airbag or how to scrap an air bagequipped vehicle.

NOTE

If it becomes necessary to have thecomponents or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint systemmodified to accommodate a person withcertain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician,contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer,refer to “Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)”(page 9-2).

2-46


SRS Air Bags


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (59,1)

3 Knowing Your Mazda

Explanation of basic operations and controls; opening/closing and adjustmentof various parts.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ................................ 3-2Advanced Keysí ...................................................................... 3-2Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions ......................... 3-7Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ............................. 3-14Advanced Key Suspend Function ........................................... 3-17Warning and Beep Sounds ...................................................... 3-18Setting Change (Function Customization) .............................. 3-20When Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated ............................ 3-21

Doors and Locks ......................................................................... 3-22Keys (without Advanced Key) ................................................ 3-22Keyless Entry System (with Retractable Type Key)í ............ 3-23Door Locks ............................................................................. 3-28Trunk Lid ................................................................................ 3-31Inside Trunk Release Lever ..................................................... 3-34Power Windows ...................................................................... 3-35Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap ........................................................... 3-38Hood ....................................................................................... 3-40Convertible Top (Soft Top)í .................................................. 3-41Detachable Hardtopí .............................................................. 3-46Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop)í ..................... 3-54

Security System ........................................................................... 3-71Immobilizer System (with Advanced Key) ............................. 3-71Immobilizer System (without Advanced Key) ........................ 3-74Theft-Deterrent Systemí ........................................................ 3-77

Steering Wheel and Mirrors ...................................................... 3-79Steering Wheel ........................................................................ 3-79Mirrors .................................................................................... 3-79

3-1íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (60,1)

Advanced Keysí

The advanced keyless functions (advanced keyless entry and start system) enables thefollowing operations while the advanced key is being carried (page 3-7).

l Locking/unlocking the doors, and opening the trunk lid, without operating the key.

l Starting the engine without operating the key.

The advanced key enables additional functions other than those with the advanced keylessfunctions (page 3-14).

l The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry systemfrom a distance (Lock/Unlock/Trunk/Panic button):

l Locking/unlocking the doors.l Opening the trunk lid.l Opening the power windows.l Turning on the alarm.

l Locking/unlocking the doors, opening the trunk lid, or starting the engine using theauxiliary key.

WARNINGDo not leave the keys in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place whereyour children will not find or play with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous. This could result in someonebeing badly injured or even killed. These new kinds of keys are fascinating tochildren. They could play with power windows or other controls, or even make thevehicle move.

Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such aspacemakers:Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment, ask themedical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advancedkey will affect the equipment.

3-2

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (61,1)

NOTE

l The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly.

l Refer to Immobilizer System (page 3-71) for information regarding keys and enginestarting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System (page 3-77) for information regarding keys and theprevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft.

Panic button Trunk button

Key code number plate

Operation indicator light

Unlock button

Lock button Auxiliary key

A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set; detach this plate and store itin a safe place (not in the vehicle) for use if you need to make a replacement key.

Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place, but not inthe vehicle.

If your key is lost, consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (62,1)

CAUTIONl Because the advanced key uses low-intensity radio waves, it may not functioncorrectly under the following conditions:

l The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones.l The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object.l The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers.l Non-Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle.l There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle.l If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas

stations.

l The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high-intensity radio waves. Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such astelevisions or personal computers.

l To avoid damage to the advanced key, DO NOT:

l Drop the advanced key.l Get the advanced key wet.l Disassemble the advanced key.l Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or

hood, under direct sunlight.l Place heavy objects on the advanced key.l Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner.l Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key.

NOTE

l Battery life is about one year. Replace the battery when the KEY indicator light(green) flashes in the instrument cluster.Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3-19.

l Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle.

3-4

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (63,1)

qAdvanced Key Maintenance

CAUTIONl Make sure the battery is installedwith the correct pole facing upward.Battery leakage could occur if it isnot installed correctly.

l When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Also becareful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could be damaged.

l There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctly replaced.

l Replace only with the same typebattery (CR2025 or equivalent).

l Dispose of used batteries accordingto the following instructions.

l Insulate the plus and minusterminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

l Never disassemble.l Never throw the battery into fire

or water.l Never deform or crush.

The following conditions indicate that thebattery power is low:

l The KEY indicator light (green) flashesin the instrument cluster when theengine is turned off.

l The system does not operate and theoperation indicator light does not flashwhen the buttons are pressed.

l The system's operational range isreduced.

Replacing the battery at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer is recommended to preventdamage to the advanced key. If replacingthe battery by yourself, follow theinstruction below.

Replacing the advanced key battery

1. Pull out the auxiliary key.

2. Release the cap using a flatheadscrewdriver, then rotate and remove thecap.

Cap

CAUTIONDo not turn the cap excessively. Thecap may be damaged.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (64,1)

3. Insert a flathead screwdriver into thecrack and press the battery out.

4. Insert the new battery (CR2025 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing the ( ) mark on the cap.

5. Rotate and close the cap.

Cap

6. Reinsert the auxiliary key.

qService

If you have a problem with the advancedkeyless functions, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your advanced key is lost or stolen,bring all remaining advanced keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen advanced keyinoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the equipment.

3-6

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (65,1)

Operation Using AdvancedKeyless Functions

qOperational Range

The system operates only when the driveris in the vehicle or within operationalrange while the advanced key is beingcarried.

NOTE

When the battery power is low, or inplaces where there are high-intensityradio waves or noise, the operationalrange may become narrower or thesystem may not operate.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The operational range for locking/unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80cm (2.6 ft) from the center of the doorhandles.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

NOTE

The system may not operate if you aretoo close to the windows, door handles.

Opening the trunk lid

The operational range for opening thetrunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm (2.6 ft)from the center of the trunk lid.

Exterior transmitter

Operational range

Starting the engine

The operational range for starting theengine includes nearly the entire cabinarea.

Operational range

Interior transmitter

Knowing Your Mazda


3-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (66,1)

NOTE

l The trunk is out of the operationalrange, however, starting the enginemay be possible.

l The engine may not start if theadvanced key is placed in thefollowing areas:

l Around the dashboardl In the storage compartments such

as the glove boxl On the rear parcel shelf

l Starting the engine may be possibleeven if the advanced key is outsideof the vehicle and extremely close toa door and window, however, alwaysstart the engine from the driver's seat.If the vehicle is started and theadvanced key is not in the vehicle,the vehicle will not restart after it isshut off and the ignition switch isturned to the lock position.

l If the advanced key is detectedwithin operational range, theoperation indicator light flashesmomentarily.

qLocking, Unlocking the Doorswith Request Switch

Both doors can be locked/unlocked bypressing the request switch on a doorwhile the advanced key is being carried.

Request switch

To lock

To lock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard onceand the hazard warning lights will flashonce.

To unlock

Driver's door request switch

To unlock the driver's door, press therequest switch. A beep sound will beheard twice and the hazard warning lightswill flash twice.To unlock both doors , press the requestswitch again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

3-8

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (67,1)

NOTE

(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flashtwice to indicate that the doors areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)

l The hazard warning lights will notflash.

l The hazard warning lights only flashwhen the theft deterrent system isarmed or turned off, refer to thetheft-deterrent system (page 3-77).

Passenger door request switch

To unlock the doors, press the requestswitch. A beep sound will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

NOTE

l Confirm that both doors are securelylocked.

l Both doors cannot be locked whenany door is open.

l A beep sound is heard forconfirmation when the doors arelocked/unlocked using the requestswitch. If your prefer, the beep soundcan be turned off (page 3-20).

NOTE

l The setting can be changed so thatthe doors are locked automaticallywithout pressing the request switch(page 3-20).(Auto-lock function)A beep sound is heard when bothdoors are closed while the advancedkey is being carried. Both doors arelocked automatically after about 3seconds when the advanced key isout of the operational range. Also,the hazard warning lights flash once.(Even if the driver is in theoperational range, both doors arelocked automatically after about 30seconds.)If you are out of the operationalrange before the doors arecompletely closed or anotheradvanced key is left in the vehicle,the auto-lock function will not work.Always make sure that both doorsare closed and locked before leavingthe vehicle.

l After unlocking doors by pressingthe request switch, both doors willautomatically lock if any of thefollowing operations are notperformed within about 30 seconds.If your vehicle has a theft-deterrentsystem, the hazard warning lightswill flash for confirmation.

l A door is opened.l The auxiliary key is inserted into

the ignition switch.l The start knob is pushed.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (68,1)

qOpening the Trunk Lid withRequest Switch

The trunk lid can be opened by pressingthe request switch on the under side of thetrunk lid above the license plate while theadvanced key is being carried.

Request switch

NOTE

l If the advanced key is left in thetrunk, the trunk lid will close,however, the trunk lid can be openedusing the request switch and thevehicle could be stolen.

l (With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be openedwhen the power retractable hardtopis fully opened/closed. Open/closethe power retractable hardtopcompletely before opening the trunklid.

qStarting the Engine

Ignition switch positions

Without a traditional key, some of theignition switch functions are different.

Start knob

LOCK (Released)

The steering wheel locks to help protectagainst theft.

LOCK (Depressed)

The ignition switch can be turned to theACC position when the KEY indicatorlight (green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster.

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat,always set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P withan automatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:Leaving the driver's seat withoutsetting the parking brake and the shiftlever is dangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

3-10

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (69,1)

NOTE

l If turning the ignition switch isdifficult, jiggle the steering wheelfrom side to side.

l (Automatic transmission)The ignition switch cannot be turnedfrom the ACC position to the LOCKposition when the shift lever is not inP.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

NOTE

The Advanced Keyless Entry Systemdoes not function in the ACC position,and the doors will not lock/unlock evenif they have been locked manually orthe advanced key is carried away fromthe vehicle.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lights(except brakes) should be inspectedbefore the engine is started (page 5-38).

NOTE

When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, the sound of the fuelpump motor operating near the fueltank can be heard. This does notindicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the start knob;then it returns to the ON position. Thebrake warning light can be checked afterthe engine is started (page 5-38).

Starting the engine

NOTE

l Engine-starting is controlled by thespark ignition system.This system meets all CanadianInterference-Causing EquipmentStandard requirements regulating theimpulse electrical field strength ofradio noise.

l The advanced key must be carriedbecause the advanced key carries animmobilizer chip that mustcommunicate with the enginecontrols at short range.

l When starting the engine, be sure thestart knob is securely attached beforetrying to operate it. If the knobbecomes detached from the ignitionswitch, re-attach it by pushing it onto the ignition switch.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (70,1)

1. Make sure the advanced key is beingcarried.

2. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

3. Make sure the parking brake is on.

4. Depress the brake pedal.

5. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate if the clutchpedal is not depressed all the way.(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shiftlever is not in P or N.

6. Push the start knob slowly all the wayin.

7. Verify that the KEY indicator light(green) illuminates in the instrumentcluster. The KEY warning light (red)means you cannot continue to start theengine using the Advanced KeylessSystem. You may have to use theauxiliary key instead (page 3-21).

NOTE

In the following cases, the KEYwarning light (red) illuminates and theengine will not start.

l The advanced key battery is dead.

l The advanced key is out ofoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).

l A key from another manufacturersimilar to the advanced key is in theoperational range.

3-12

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (71,1)

8. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition while pushing the start knobin.

9. Turn the ignition switch from the ACCposition to the START position andhold (up to 10 seconds at a time) untilthe engine starts.

CAUTIONDon't try the starter for more than 10seconds at a time. If the engine stalls orfails to start, wait 10 seconds beforetrying again. Otherwise, you maydamage the starter and drain the battery.

10. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTE

l In extremely cold weather, below_18° C (0° F), or after the vehiclehas not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up withoutoperating the accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started without use ofthe accelerator.

Turning off the engine

1. Shift the shift lever to the P position(Automatic transmission).

2. Turn the ignition switch from the ONposition to the ACC position.

NOTE

When the engine is turned off and theignition switch it turned from the ACCposition to the LOCK position, theKEY indicator light (green) flashes inthe instrument cluster for about 30seconds if the battery power of theadvanced key is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Battery Replacement (page3-6).

3. Push in the start knob from the ACCposition and turn it to the LOCKposition.

CAUTIONWhen leaving the vehicle, make surethe ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (72,1)

NOTE

l When turning the ignition switch tothe LOCK position, the ignitionswitch has to be pushed in from theACC position and turned. Withoutbeing pushed in, the ignition switchstops at the ACC position and thevehicle battery may be discharged ifthe ignition switch is left in the ACCposition. When leaving the vehicle,make sure the ignition switch isturned to the LOCK position.

l If the vehicle is left with the ignitionswitch not in the LOCK position, abeep sound is heard and the indicatorlight flashes to notify the driver.Refer to Warning Beep (page 3-18).

Operation Using AdvancedKey Functions

qKeyless Entry System

This system uses the more traditional keybuttons to remotely lock and unlock thedoors and opens the trunk lid, and opensthe power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

NOTE

l The keyless entry system is designedto operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)from the center of the vehicle, butthis may vary due to localconditions.

l The system does not operate whenthe ignition switch is not in theLOCK position or the start knob ispushed in.

l With the start knob installed in theLOCK position, the system is fullyoperational. If the ignition switch isnot in the LOCK position or the startknob is pushed in, the system doesnot operate.

l Both doors cannot be locked bypressing the lock button while eitherdoor is open. The hazard warninglights will also not flash.

l (With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid cannot be operatedremotely if the power retractablehardtop is not fully opened or fullyclosed.

3-14

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (73,1)

NOTE

l If the transmitter does not operatewhen pressing a button or theoperational range becomes too small,the battery may be dead. To install anew battery, refer to Maintenance(page 3-5).

Transmitter

Panic button

Unlock button

Lock button

Trunk button

NOTE

l (U.S.A.)This device complies with Part 15 ofthe FCC Rules. Operation is subjectto the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

l (CANADA)This device complies with RSS-210of Industry CANADA. Operation issubject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may notcause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device.

NOTE

The unlock button can be used to openthe power windows. Refer to Openingthe Power Windows from Outside (page3-37).

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock button. Abeep sound will be heard once and thehazard warning lights will flash once.

To confirm that both doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTE

(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that both doors arelocked.(With theft-deterrent system)



NOTE

l Both doors cannot be locked wheneither door is open.

l Confirm that both doors are lockedvisually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (74,1)

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button. A beep will be heard twiceand the hazard warning lights will flashtwice.

To unlock both doors , press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds and twomore beep sounds will be heard.

NOTE

(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flashtwice to indicate that both doors areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)



NOTE

After unlocking with the transmitter,both doors will automatically lock ifone of the doors is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

NOTE

(With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be opened whenthe power retractable hardtop is fullyopened/closed. Open/close the powerretractable hardtop completely beforeopening the trunk lid.

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTE

The panic button will work whethereither door is open or closed.

(Turning on the alarm)Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:

l The horn sounds intermittently.

l The hazard warning lights flash.

NOTE

However, if the driver is too close to thevehicle the panic button may notfunction.

(Turning off the alarm)The alarm stops by pressing any button onthe transmitter.

3-16

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (75,1)

qAuxiliary Key Function

Use the auxiliary key stored in theadvanced key in the event of a deadtransmitter battery or malfunction.

Removing the auxiliary key

Pull out the auxiliary key from theadvanced key.

Locking, unlocking the doors

The doors can be locked/unlocked usingthe auxiliary key, refer to Locking,Unlocking with Key (page 3-28).

Opening the trunk lid

The trunk lid can be opened using theauxiliary key, refer to Opening andClosing the Trunk Lid (page 3-31).

CAUTIONDo not open the trunk while the powerretractable hardtop is opening/closing.The power retractable hardtop andtrunk lid mechanisms could bedamaged.

Starting the engine

The engine can be started with theauxiliary key, refer to Ignition Switch(page 5-2).

Advanced Key SuspendFunction

If one key is left in the vehicle or trunkand the second key is used to lock thevehicle, the functions of the advanced keyleft in the vehicle or the trunk aretemporarily suspended to prevent theft ofthe vehicle.The following are inoperable:

l Starting the engine using the startknob.

l Operating the request switches.

To restore these functions, perform anyone of the following:

l Press the lock or unlock button on theadvanced key which has had itsfunctions suspended.

l While carrying another advanced key,push in the start knob until the KEYindicator light (green) in the instrumentcluster illuminates.

l Insert the auxiliary key and turn theignition switch to the ON position.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (76,1)

Warning and Beep Sounds

qSystem Malfunction Warning Beep

If any malfunction occurs in the advancedkeyless function, the KEY warning light(red) in the instrument cluster illuminatescontinuously and beep sounds will beheard.

CAUTIONIf the KEY warning light (red) remainsilluminated, do not continue to drive thevehicle with the advanced keylessfunction. Park the vehicle in a safeplace and use the auxiliary key tocontinue driving the vehicle. Have thevehicle inspected at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.Refer to Ignition Switch (page 5-2).

qStart Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep

If the start knob is in the ACC positionand the driver's door is opened, acontinuous beep sound will be heard tonotify the driver that the start knob has notbeen returned to the LOCK position. Inthis case, the keyless entry system doesnot operate, the car cannot be locked, andthe battery will run down.

qAdvanced Key Removed fromVehicle Warning Beep

Under the following conditions, a beepsound will be heard and the KEY warninglight (red) will flash continuously whenthe start knob has not been returned to theLOCK position to notify the driver thatthe advanced key has been removed. TheKEY warning light (red) will stop flashingwhen the advanced key is back inside thevehicle:

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position, the driver's door isopen, and the advanced key is removedfrom the vehicle. (A beep sound will beheard 3 times.)However the beep sound will be heardcontinuously when the start knob is inthe ACC position and the door is opendue to the activation of the warningbeep sound indicating that the startknob is not in the LOCK position.

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position and all the doorsare closed after removing the advancedkey from the vehicle. (A beep soundwill be heard 6 times.)

NOTE

Because the advanced key utilizes low-intensity radio waves, the AdvancedKey Removed From Vehicle Warningmay activate if the advanced key iscarried together with a metal object or itis placed in a poor signal reception area.

3-18

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (77,1)

qRequest Switch InoperableWarning Beep

Under the following conditions, if therequest switch for a front door is pressedwhile the advanced key is being carried, abeep will be heard 6 times to indicate thatthe front doors cannot be locked.

l A door is open (door ajar included).

l The start knob has not been returned tothe LOCK position.

l The auxiliary key is inserted into theignition switch.

qAdvanced Key Battery DeadWarning

When the start knob is returned to theACC or LOCK position from the ONposition, the KEY indicator light (green)flashes for approximately 30 secondsindicating that the remaining batterypower is low. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance(page 3-5).

NOTE

The advanced key can be set so that theKEY indicator light (green) does notflash even if the battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (page 3-20).

qEngine Start Not Permitted Warning

Under the following conditions, the KEYwarning light (red) flashes to inform thedriver that the start knob will not rotate tothe ACC position even if it is pushed infrom the LOCK position.

l The advanced key battery is dead.

l The advanced key is not withinoperational range.

l The advanced key is placed in areaswhere it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).


qAdvanced Key Left-in-trunkWarning Beep

If the advanced key is left in the trunkcompartment with both doors locked andthe trunk lid closed, a beep sound is heardfor about 10 seconds to remind the driverthe advanced key has been left in thetrunk compartment. If this happens, openthe trunk lid by pressing the requestswitch and remove the advanced key. Anadvanced key removed from the trunkmay not function because its functionsmay have been temporarily suspended. Torestore the advanced key function,perform the applicable procedure (page3-17).

qAdvanced Key Left-in-vehicleWarning Beep

If an advanced key is left in the vehiclecabin and both doors are locked using aseparate advanced key, a beep sound isheard for about 10 seconds to remind thedriver that the advanced key has been leftin the vehicle cabin. If this happens, thedoors lock but the functions of theadvanced key left in the vehicle cabinmay be temporarily suspended. Performthe following procedure to restore thefunctions of the advanced key (page3-17).

Knowing Your Mazda


3-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (78,1)

Setting Change (Function Customization)The following function settings are possible. These settings can only be changed by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Setting FunctionAt InitialSetting

After SettingChange

Advanced key battery deadindicator

KEY indicator light (green) flashes to indicatethat the advanced key battery power is low.

Activated Deactivated

Lock/unlock operationconfirmation beep sound*1

A beep sound is heard to confirm that both doorsor the trunk lid have been locked/unlocked.

Activated Deactivated

Autolock function

When both doors are closed and the advanced keyis being carried and out of operational range, bothdoors automatically lock after 3 seconds.(Even if the driver is in the operational range,both doors are locked automatically after about 30seconds.)

Deactivated Activated

*1 : When the autolock function is operating, the warning sound will be heard regardless of the setting.

3-20

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (79,1)

When Warning Indicator/Beep is ActivatedUnder the following conditions, warning beeps are heard and a warning/indicator light inthe instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of theadvanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle (page 3-18).

Warning What to check

When a door is open, a continuous beep sound will beheard.

Check whether the start knob has been returned to theLOCK position.

When a door is open, 3 beep sounds are heard, and theKEY warning light (red) in the instrument clusterflashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When a door is closed, a beep sound is heard 6 times,and the KEY warning light (red) in the instrumentcluster flashes.

Check whether the advanced key has been removedfrom the vehicle.

When locking the doors or closing the trunk, the chimesounds for about 10 seconds.

Check whether the advanced key has not been left in thevehicle or the trunk.

When attempting to lock the doors, a beep sound isheard.

Check whether the advanced key has been left in thevehicle.

Check whether a door is open.

When the KEY indicator light (green) flashes in theinstrument cluster.

The advanced key battery power is low. Replace thebattery with a new one.Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3-5.

When the KEY warning light (red) remains illuminatedin the instrument cluster.

The advanced key is malfunctioning. Park the vehicle ina safe place, and use the auxiliary key to continuedriving the vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (80,1)

Keys (without Advanced Key)

WARNINGDo not leave the keys in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. These new kinds of keys arefascinating to children. They couldplay with power windows or othercontrols, or even make the vehiclemove.

NOTE

l Refer to Immobilizer System (page3-74) for information regarding keysand engine starting.

l (With theft-deterrent system)Refer to Theft-Deterrent System(page 3-77) for informationregarding keys and the prevention ofvehicle and vehicle contents theft.

The keys operate all locks.With keyless entry system


Retractable type key

Without keyless entry system


A code number is stamped on the plateattached to the key set; detach this plateand store it in a safe place (not in thevehicle) for use if you need to make areplacement key.

NOTE

Write down the code number and keepit in a separate safe and convenientplace, but not in the vehicle.If your key is lost, consult yourAuthorized Mazda Dealer and haveyour code number ready.

3-22

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (81,1)

Key extend/retract method (Retractabletype key)

To extend the key, press the releasebutton.

To retract the key, rotate it into the holderwhile pressing the release button.

Keyless Entry System (withRetractable Type Key)í

This system remotely locks and unlocksthe doors, and opens the power windows.It can also help you signal for attention.Press the buttons slowly and carefully.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the transmitter, donot:

l Drop it.

l Get it wet.

l Disassemble it.

l Expose it to high temperatures onplaces such as the dashboard orhood, under direct sunlight.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-23íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (82,1)

NOTE

l The keyless entry system is designedto operate up to about 2.5 m (8 ft)from the center of the vehicle, butthis may vary due to localconditions.

l The system doesn't operate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

l Doors cannot be locked by pressingthe lock button while any other dooris open. Also, the hazard warninglights will not flash.

l If the transmitter does not operatewhen pressing a button or theoperation range becomes too small,the battery may be dead. To install anew battery, refer to Maintenance(page 3-26).

l Additional transmitters can beobtained at an Authorized MazdaDealer. Up to 3 transmitters can beused with the keyless entry systemper vehicle. Bring all transmitters toan Authorized Mazda Dealer whenadditional transmitters are required.

qTransmitter

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

Operation indicator light

NOTE



NOTE

The unlock button can be used to openthe power windows. Refer to Openingthe Power Windows from Outside (page3-37).

3-24

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (83,1)

The operation indicator light flashes whenthe buttons are pressed.

Lock button

To lock the doors, press the lock buttonand the hazard warning lights will flashonce.

To confirm that both doors have beenlocked, press the lock button again within5 seconds. If they are closed and locked,the horn will sound.

NOTE

(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that both doors arelocked.(With theft-deterrent system)



NOTE

l Both doors cannot be locked whenany door is open and the key is in theignition switch.

l Confirm that both doors are lockedvisually or audibly by use of thedouble click.

Unlock button

To unlock the driver's door, press theunlock button and the hazard warninglights will flash twice.

To unlock both doors, press the unlockbutton again within 3 seconds.

NOTE

(Without theft-deterrent system)The hazard warning lights will flashtwice to indicate that both doors areunlocked.(With theft-deterrent system)



NOTE

After unlocking with the transmitter,both doors will automatically lock ifone of the doors is not opened withinabout 30 seconds.

Trunk button

To open the trunk, press the trunk buttonfor more than 1 second.

NOTE

l (With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be openedwhen the power retractable hardtopis fully opened/closed. Open/closethe power retractable hardtopcompletely before opening the trunklid.

l The trunk button is disabled whenthe trunk lid release lock-out buttoninside the trunk is in the OFFposition. Refer to Remote Trunk LidRelease Lock-Out on page 3-32.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (84,1)

Panic button

If you witness from a distance someoneattempting to break into or damage yourvehicle, pressing the panic button willactivate the vehicle's alarm.

NOTE

The panic button will work whether anydoor or the trunk lid is open or closed.

Turning on the alarm

Pressing the panic button for 1 second ormore will trigger the alarm for about 2minutes and 30 seconds, and thefollowing will occur:

l The horn sounds intermittently.

l The hazard warning lights flash.

Turning off the alarm

Press any button on the transmitter.

qTransmitter Maintenance

If the buttons on the transmitter areinoperable and the operation indicatorlight does not flash, the battery may bedead.Replace with a new battery before thetransmitter becomes unusable.

CAUTIONl Install the battery with the positivepole ( ) facing down. Batteryleakage could occur if it is notinstalled correctly.

l When replacing the battery, becareful not to bend the electricalterminals or get oil on them. Also becareful not to get dirt in thetransmitter as it could be damaged.

l There is the danger of explosion ifthe battery is not correctly replaced.

l Replace only with the same typebattery (CR1620 or equivalent).

l Dispose of used batteries accordingto the following instructions.

l Insulate the plus and minusterminals of the battery usingcellophane or equivalent tape.

l Never disassemble.l Never throw the battery into fire

and/or water.l Never deform or crush.

Replacing the transmitter battery

1. Unfold the key (page 3-22).

3-26

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (85,1)

2. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andpush the tab to remove the key fromthe transmitter.

Tab

3. Insert a screwdriver into the slot andgently pry open the transmitter.

4. Remove the battery.

5. Put in the new battery (CR1620 orequivalent) with the positive pole ( )facing down.

6. Align the front and back covers andsnap the transmitter shut.

7. Install the key to the transmitter.

qService

If you have a problem with the keylessentry system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

If your transmitter is lost or stolen, bringall remaining transmitters to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible for a replacement and to makethe lost or stolen transmitter inoperative.

CAUTIONRadio equipment like this is governedby laws in the United States.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user'sauthority to operate the equipment.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (86,1)

Door Locks

WARNINGAlways take all children and pets withyou or leave a responsible person withthem:Leaving a child or a pet unattended ina parked vehicle is dangerous. In hotweather, temperatures inside a vehiclecan become high enough to causebrain damage or even death.

Do not leave the keys in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. They could play with powerwindows or other controls, or evenmake the vehicle move.

Keep both doors locked when driving:Unlocked doors in a moving vehicleare dangerous. Passengers can fall outif a door is accidentally opened andcan more easily be thrown out in anaccident.

Always close all the windows, lock thedoors and take the key with you whenleaving your vehicle unattended:Leaving your vehicle unlocked isdangerous as children could lockthemselves in a hot vehicle, whichcould result in death. Also, a vehicleleft unlocked becomes an easy targetfor thieves and intruders.

qLocking, Unlocking with Key

Either door can be locked/unlocked withthe key.Turn the key toward the front to unlock,toward the back to lock.

Unlock

Lock

qLocking, Unlocking with RequestSwitch (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

qLocking, Unlocking withTransmitter (with Advanced Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-14).

qLocking, Unlocking with Transmitter(with Retractable Type Key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-23).

3-28

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (87,1)

qLocking, Unlocking with Door-Lock Knob

To lock any door from the inside, push thedoor-lock knob.To unlock, pull it out.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Lock

Unlock

To lock any door with the door-lock knobfrom the outside, push the door-lock knobto the lock position and close the door.This does not operate the other doorlocks.

Door-lock knob

NOTE

l (With advanced key)The driver's door cannot be lockedusing the door-lock knob from theoutside.

l (With retractable type key)The driver's door cannot be lockedusing the door-lock knob from theoutside if the key is in the ignitionswitch.

l When locking the doors this way, becareful not to leave the key inside thevehicle.

qPower Door Locksí

Vehicle lock-out prevention

(With advanced key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. Both doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.(With retractable type key)The vehicle lock-out prevention featureprevents you from locking yourself out ofthe vehicle. With the key in the ignitionswitch, both doors will automaticallyunlock if they are locked using the powerdoor locks with any door open.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-29íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (88,1)

Locking, unlocking with key

Both doors lock automatically when thedriver's door is locked with the key. Bothdoors unlock when the driver's door isunlocked and the key is held in the unlockposition for one second or longer.

Unlock

Lock

NOTE

Holding the key in the unlockedposition in the driver's door lock forabout a second unlocks both doors. Tounlock only the driver's door, insert thekey into the driver's door lock and turnthe key briefly to the unlock positionand then immediately return it to thecenter position.

Locking, unlocking with door-lockswitch

Both doors lock automatically whenLOCK is pushed. They all unlock whenthe unmarked part of the door-lock switchis pushed.

LockUnlock

Locking, unlocking with request switch(with advanced key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the request switch on the frontdoors while carrying the advanced keyoutside the vehicle, refer to OperationsUsing Advanced Keyless Functions (page3-7).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with advanced key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-14).

Locking, unlocking with transmitter(with retractable type key)

Both doors can be locked/unlocked byoperating the keyless entry systemtransmitter, refer to Keyless Entry System(page 3-23).

3-30

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (89,1)

Trunk Lid

WARNINGNever allow a person to ride in thetrunk:Allowing a person to ride in the trunkis dangerous. In addition, the personin the trunk could be seriously injuredor killed during sudden braking or acollision.

Keep the trunk closed when driving:Exhaust gas entering the cabin of avehicle through an open trunk isdangerous. This gas contains CO(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,odorless, and highly poisonous. Ifinhaled, it can cause loss ofconsciousness and death.

qOpening and Closing the Trunk Lid

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by lockingdoors and the trunk, and keeping thekeys where children can not play withthem:Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or the trunkunlocked.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (90,1)

Opening the trunk lid with the key

Insert the key into the slot and turn itclockwise.

Open

CAUTIONDo not open the trunk while the powerretractable hardtop is opening/closing.The power retractable hardtop andtrunk lid mechanisms could bedamaged.

Opening the trunk lid with the requestswitch (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe request switch on the trunk lid whilecarrying the advanced key outside thevehicle, refer to Operations UsingAdvanced Keyless Functions (page 3-7).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with advanced key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-14).

Opening the trunk lid with thetransmitter (with retractable type key)

The trunk lid can be opened by operatingthe keyless entry system transmitter, referto Keyless Entry System (page 3-23).

Opening the trunk lid with the remoterelease button

Push the release button.

NOTE

(With power retractable hardtop)The trunk lid can only be opened whenthe power retractable hardtop is fullyopened/closed. Open/close the powerretractable hardtop completely beforeopening the trunk lid.

Closing the trunk lid

Use both hands to push the trunk lid downuntil the lock snaps shut. Do not slam it.Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it issecure.

qRemote Trunk Lid Release Lock-Out

The remote release may be canceled usingthe trunk lid release lock-out button toprevent anyone in the vehicle fromopening the trunk.

NOTE

You cannot prevent another personfrom getting access to your trunk if yougive the person your key.

3-32

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (91,1)

The switch is mounted inside the trunk.

OFF position

ON position

With advanced key

With the switch in the ON position, theremote trunk lid release button can beoperated.

With the switch in the OFF position, theremote release button cannot be operated.

To open the trunk lid when the switch isin the OFF position, do one of thefollowing:

l Press the request switch on the trunklid.

l Press the trunk button on thetransmitter.

l Open the trunk with the auxiliary key.

Without advanced key

With the switch in the ON position, theremote trunk lid release button and thetrunk button on the transmitter can beoperated.

With the switch in the OFF position, theremote release button or the trunk buttonon the transmitter cannot be operated.

To open the trunk lid when the switch isin the OFF position, open the trunk withthe key.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-33


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (92,1)

Inside Trunk Release LeverYour vehicle is equipped with an insidetrunk release lever that provides a meansof escape for children and adults in theevent they become locked inside thetrunk.

No matter how careful adults might bewith keys and locking their cars, parentsshould be aware that children may betempted to play around vehicles and usethe trunk as a hiding place.

Adults are advised to familiarizethemselves with the operation andlocation of the inside trunk release leverso that all children can be told about it inan appropriate way, keeping in mind thatmost vehicles don't have such levers.

WARNINGClose the trunk lid and do not allowchildren to play inside the vehicle:Leaving the trunk lid open or leavingchildren in the vehicle with the keys isdangerous. Children could open thetrunk lid and climb inside resulting inpossible injury or death from heatexposure.

Always keep the car from being atempting place to play by lockingdoors and the trunk, and keeping thekeys where children can not play withthem:Leaving children or animalsunattended in a parked vehicle isdangerous. Babies left sleeping andchildren who lock themselves in carsor trunks can die very quickly fromheat prostration. Do not leave yourchildren or pets alone in a car at anytime. Do not leave the car or the trunkunlocked.

3-34

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (93,1)

qOpening the Trunk Lid from theInside

Slide the inside trunk release lever in thedirection of the arrow. The lever is madeof material that will glow for hours in thedarkness of the trunk following a briefexposure to ambient light.

The inside trunk release lever is locatedon the inside of the trunk end trim.

Power WindowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for the power windows tooperate.

WARNINGMake sure the opening is clear beforeclosing a window:Closing power windows aredangerous. A person's hands, head, oreven neck could be caught by thewindow and result in serious injury oreven death.This warning applies especially tochildren.

Do not leave the keys in your vehiclewith children and keep them in a placewhere your children will not find orplay with them:Leaving children in a vehicle with thekey is dangerous. This could result insomeone being badly injured or evenkilled. They could play with powerwindows or other controls, or evenmake the vehicle move.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (94,1)

qOperating the Power Windows(Type A)

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Driver's window

Passenger's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

qOperating the Driver's SidePower Window (Type B)

Manual opening/closing

To open the window to the desiredposition, lightly hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, lightly pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Driver's window

Auto-opening

To fully open the window automatically,press the switch completely down.

To stop the window partway, lightly pullup the switch and then release it.

3-36

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (95,1)

qOperating the Passenger PowerWindow (Type B)

To open the window to the desiredposition, hold down the switch.To close the window to the desiredposition, pull up the switch.

Close

Open

Passenger's window

qOpening the Power Windowsfrom Outsideí

Both power windows can be opened fromoutside the vehicle after the doors areclosed.

NOTE

The power windows cannot be openedfrom outside the vehicle under thefollowing condition:

l A door or the trunk lid is opened.

l The key is inserted into the ignitionswitch.

l (With advanced key)The start knob is in any positionexcept Lock.

Auto-Opening

Because nobody likes getting into a veryhot car, we have introduced a way to get ahead start on cooling it, even before youput your seat belts on and insert your keyin the ignition. If you see the vehicle is ina secure area, you can open the bothwindows as you approach the vehicle toget the air moving before you even stepinto the hot vehicle.

WARNINGUse the auto-window function onlywhen you can see the vehicle and it isin a secure area:Do not let children play with yourkeys. If they open the window withoutyour knowing, the open windows arean even bigger invitation to a thiefthan leaving the doors unlocked.

The windows can be opened forventilating the cabin before getting in thevehicle.Press and hold the unlock button on thetransmitter. After the doors are unlocked,the windows fully open automatically.Advanced key

Panic button

Unlock button

Lock button

Trunk button

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-37íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (96,1)

Retractable type key

Lock button

Unlock button

Trunk button

Panic button

To stop this operation, press the unlockbutton.

NOTE

The window opening operation also canbe stopped by pressing the lock button,panic button or trunk button. However,pressing these buttons will operate theirfunctions.

Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap

WARNINGWhen removing the fuel cap, loosenthe cap slightly and wait for anyhissing to stop. Then remove it:Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel canburn skin and eyes and cause illness ifingested. Fuel spray is released whenthere is pressure in the fuel tank andthe fuel cap is removed too quickly.

Before refueling, stop the engine, andalways keep sparks and flames awayfrom the filler neck:Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could beignited by sparks or flames causingserious burns and injuries.Additionally, use of the incorrect fuelfiller cap or not using a fuel filler capmay result in fuel leak, which couldresult in serious burns or death in anaccident.

CAUTIONAlways use only a genuine Mazda fuelcap or an approved equivalent,available at an Authorized MazdaDealer. The wrong cap can result in aserious malfunction of the fuel andemission control systems. It may alsocause the check engine light in theinstrument cluster to illuminate.

3-38

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (97,1)

qFuel-Filler Lid

The remote fuel-filler lid release ismounted in the seat side box.To open the seat side box, unlock it andpull the release catch.

To open the fuel-filler lid, pull on theremote fuel-filler lid release.

qFuel-Filler Cap

To remove the filler cap, turn itcounterclockwise.

To close the filler cap, turn it clockwiseuntil it clicks.

Close

Open

CAUTIONMake sure the fuel-filler cap istightened securely. The check enginelight may illuminate when the cap isn'ttightened securely. If the light remainson (even after you have tightened thecap securely, driven, and restarted theengine several times), it may indicate adifferent problem. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (98,1)

Hood

WARNINGAlways check that the hood is closedand securely locked:A hood that is not closed and securelylocked is dangerous as it could flyopen while the vehicle is moving andblock the driver's vision which couldresult in a serious accident.

qOpening the Hood

1. With the vehicle parked, pull therelease handle to unlock the hood.

Release handle

2. Slide the hood latch to the right and liftthe hood.

3. Grasp the support rod in the paddedarea and secure it in the stay holeindicated by the arrow to hold the hoodopen.

Clip

Support rod

qClosing the Hood

1. Check under the hood area to makecertain all filler caps are in place andall loose items (e.g. tools, oilcontainers, etc.) have been removed.

2. Insert the support rod in its clip whileholding up the hood. Verify that thesupport rod is secured in the clip beforeclosing the hood.

3. Close the hood so that it locks securely.

3-40

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (99,1)

Convertible Top (Soft Top)í

Windshield header

Top latch assembly

Top storage area

Convertible top's handlesLabel (The label indicates the position where convertible

top is to be held when lowering or raising it.)

qConvertible Top Precautions

WARNINGSit in the seat with the seat beltcorrectly fastened when the vehicle ismoving:Standing in the vehicle, or sitting onthe convertible top storage area orcenter console when the vehicle ismoving is a dangerous way to ride.During a sudden maneuver orcollision you could be seriouslyinjured or even killed.

WARNINGAlways keep your hands and fingersaway from the fastening mechanismswhen moving the convertible top:It is dangerous to place your hands orfingers near the fasteningmechanisms. Your hands or fingerscould be caught and injured by themechanism.

CAUTIONRemove leaves that accumulate on andaround the convertible top. If the leavesare not removed, they may block thewater drainage outlets.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-41íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (100,1)

l Before lowering or raising theconvertible top, stop in a safe place offthe right-of-way and park on a levelsurface.

l Make sure nothing is on the convertibletop or near the back window whenraising or lowering the convertible top.Even small objects may interfere andcause damage.

l When lowering the convertible top,make sure objects inside the vehiclearen't blown away by the wind.

l Secure all loose objects inside beforedriving with the convertible top down.

l To help prevent burglary or vandalismand to ensure that the passengercompartment stays dry, close theconvertible top securely and lock bothdoors when leaving the vehicle.

l Do not drive through an automatic carwash; it may damage the convertibletop.

l Do not raise or lower the convertibletop when the temperature is below 5 °C(41 °F) ; this will damage theconvertible top material.

l Do not lower the convertible top whenit's wet. If the convertible top drieswhile folded, it will deteriorate andshrink.

l Lowering the convertible top while it'swet can also cause water to drip intothe passenger compartment.

l Do not raise or lower the convertibletop in a strong wind as it could damagethe convertible top or cause anunexpected accident.

qLowering the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Fully open the left and right windows.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Make sure there are no objects whichhave been placed in the area where theconvertible top is to be retracted.

WARNINGDo not place heavy or sharp objects inthe convertible top storage area:Putting heavy or sharp objects in theconvertible top storage area isdangerous.During a sudden stop or collision, theycan become projectiles that might hitand injure passengers.

5. Pull the top latch outward by pressingthe unlock button to detach the lock.Make sure the lock is detached.

Unlock button

Top latch

3-42

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (101,1)

6. Standing outside of the vehicle, holdthe convertible top along the centeredge and pull it toward the vehicle rear.

Center edge

NOTE

To lower the convertible top from insidethe vehicle, use the convertible top'shandles.

Convertible top's handles

7. Continue to move the convertible toprearward while pressing the rear glasslightly with your hand.

8. After the convertible top has beenfolded down, press the back end of thefolded down convertible top until aclick sound is heard, then the front end.Lightly rock the retracted convertibletop to make sure it is securely locked.

9. Raise the windblocker if it is needed.

NOTE

The windblocker reduces the amount ofwind coming into the cabin from behindwhen driving with the convertible topopened.Refer to Windblocker on page 6-48.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-43


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (102,1)

qRaising the Convertible Top

1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2. Fully open the left and right windows.

3. Turn off the engine.

4. Pull the unlock lever outward todisengage the lock.

Unlock lever

5. Standing outside of the vehicle, holdthe convertible top along the centeredge and pull it towards the vehiclefront.

Center edge

NOTE

To raise the convertible top from insidethe vehicle, use the convertible top'shandles.


6. Sitting in a seat, grasp the convertibletop's handles, and press the convertibletop against the windshield.Move the top latch slowly to make surethe anchor engages with the striker,then rotate the top latch to the lockposition until a click sound is heard.

Striker

Anchor


3-44

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (103,1)

CAUTIONDriving with the convertible top notfully locked could damage theconvertible top.If the red indicator is visible on theunlock button, the convertible top is notlocked. After locking the convertibletop, verify that the red indicator is notvisible.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator

NOTE

Make sure the convertible top issecurely locked by pushing up on it. Ifit still sounds loose (rattles) after beinglocked by the top latch, have itinspected at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

7. Connect the rear window defrostercoupler if it has been disconnected.

NOTE

If the coupler was not plugged in therear window defroster would not work.

qTaking Care of the Top

Refer to Convertible Top Maintenance(page 8-56) for information on taking careof the convertible top.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-45


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (104,1)

Detachable Hardtopí

Top latch assembly

Side latch assembly

Rear deck latch

Rear deck studRear window defroster coupler

3-46

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (105,1)

qDetachable Hardtop Precautions

WARNINGSit in the seat with the seat beltcorrectly fastened when the vehicle ismoving:Standing in the vehicle, or sitting onthe deck or center console when thevehicle is moving is a dangerous wayto ride. During a sudden maneuver orcollision you could be seriouslyinjured or even killed.

Always drive safely and observe thespeed limit:Rollover accidents on a hardtopvehicle are dangerous. The hardtop isnot as strong as a regular steel roof.Rollover accidents could dislodge orcrush the hardtop and cause seriousinjuries or even death, just as with notop or the convertible top.

Always keep your hands and fingersaway from the fastening mechanismswhen moving the hardtop:It is dangerous to place your hands orfingers near the fasteningmechanisms. Your hands or fingerscould be caught and injured by themechanism.

l When removing or installing thehardtop, make sure the operation isperformed by 2 adults.

l Before removing or installing thehardtop, be sure you are parked out oftraffic in a flat area near the locationyour hardtop is to be stored.

l When removing the hardtop, make sureobjects inside the vehicle are not blownaway by wind.

l Secure all loose objects inside beforedriving with the hardtop removed.

l Do not drive through an automatic carwash as it could damage the hardtop.

l Do not remove or install the hardtop ina strong wind as it could damage thehardtop or cause an unexpectedaccident.

l Before removing the hardtop, removethe antenna.

l Removing the hardtop while it's wetcan cause water to drip into thepassenger compartment.

qRemoving the Detachable Hardtop

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andfirmly set the parking brake.

2. Lower the side windows, then turn offthe ignition.

3. Remove the antenna if it is installed.Refer to Antenna on page 6-10.

4. Push the unlock button and fullyrelease the top latch.

Unlock button

Top latch

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-47


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (106,1)

5. Remove the seat belts from the beltguides.

Belt guide

6. Slide the seats forward.Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.

7. Fold the seatbacks forward.Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.

8. Pull the levers and fully release the sidelatches.

Side latchLever

9. After the side latches are fully released,release the lever.

10. Lift the side latches while pulling thelever. Make sure the hooks are fullyreleased.

Side latch

LeverHook

11. Disconnect the rear window defrostercord connector from the plug on theinside of the hardtop.

3-48

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (107,1)

12. Slide the hardtop rearward whilepressing down on the rear decklatches to unlock the latches.

Hardtop

Rear deck latch

13. Lift the hardtop straight off the bodyto prevent damage to the rear decklatches and studs.

Hardtop

Rear deck stud

WARNINGBe careful of the windshield's edgeswhen getting into or out of the vehicle:Not being careful of the windshield'sedges when getting into or out of thevehicle is dangerous. The windshield'sedges could scratch and causeinjuries.

CAUTIONl Be careful not to strike the body withany of the protruding hardtoplatches.

l Use extreme care when carrying thehardtop to prevent scratching orother damage to it.

NOTE

Points to remember when storing thedetachable hardtop.

l Do not place the hardtop on a hardsurface, such as concrete or asphalt.Place it on a cushioning material,such as an old blanket.

l Be sure the top and side latches arelocked.

l Do not lean the hardtop against awall or stand it in an unstable way.

l Store the hardtop in a dry clean area,and cover it with a soft material,such as an old blanket.

14. Return the belt guides and theseatbacks to their original positions.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-49


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (108,1)

15. Disconnect the hardtop rear windowdefroster coupler (A) from the coupler(B), and remove the convertible toprear window defroster coupler (C)from its holder (D).

(A)

(B)

(C)

(D)

16. Connect the convertible top's rearwindow defroster coupler (C) to thecoupler (B).

(C)

(B)

qInstalling the Detachable Hardtop

CAUTIONDo not attempt to install the hardtopwith the convertible top also up.Lower the convertible top beforeinstalling the hardtop, otherwisedamage will occur to the convertibletop.

NOTE

l Be sure to place the convertible toplatches in the locked position.

l Confirm that the rear windowdefroster coupler is disconnected.Also make sure the convertible top iscompletely lowered before installingthe hardtop.

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andfirmly set the parking brake.

2. Lower the side windows, then turn offthe ignition.

3. Remove the antenna if it is installed.Refer to Antenna on page 6-10.

4. Remove the seat belts from the beltguides.

Belt guide

5. Slide the seats forward.Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.

6. Fold the seatbacks forward.Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.

3-50

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (109,1)

7. Connect the rear window defrostercoupler.

NOTE

Connect the convertible top's rearwindow defroster coupler into theholder so that it does not rattle.

8. Make sure the top latch and the sidelatches on the hardtop are unlocked.

Top latch assembly

Side latch assembly

9. Align the rear deck latches with therear deck studs and set the hardtopsquarely onto the body.

Hardtop

Rear deck stud

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-51


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (110,1)

10. Slide the hardtop forward whilepressing down on the rear decklatches to lock the latches, and thenverify that they are secure byattempting to lift the rear of thehardtop.

Hardtop

Rear deck latch

CAUTIONl Be careful not to strike the body withany of the protruding hardtoplatches.

l The rear defogger grid and thedefogger cord could be damagedwhen removing or installing thehardtop. Make sure the rear defoggergrid isn't folded and the defoggercord isn't caught between thevehicle's body and the hardtop.

11. Make sure the striker for the top latchis securely engaged with the anchorbefore pushing the top latch lever.Rotate the lever of the top latch withthe palm of your hand until the toplatch is locked.

Striker

Anchor

12. Pull the levers and fully release theside latches.

Side latchLever

3-52

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (111,1)

13. Make sure the hooks are engaged.Lift the side latches with the palm ofyour hand until the latches are locked.

Side latch

Hook

CAUTIONAfter installation, verify that all latchesare secure. Operating the vehicle withunlocked latches may cause hardtopdamage or loss.

14. Set the belt guides and the seats backto their original positions.

15. Connect the rear window defrostercord connector to the plug on theinside of the hardtop.

NOTE

If the hardtop rattles even when alllatches are secure, drive slowly andcontact an Authorized Mazda Dealer forinspection.

qDetachable Hardtop AppearanceCare

Refer to Hardtop Maintenance (page8-56) for information on detachablehardtop appearance care.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-53


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (112,1)

Convertible Top (Power Retractable Hardtop)í

The power retractable hardtop opens/closes electrically by operating switches in thevehicle. When opening/closing the hardtop, the hardtop, deck and window glass operatetogether. The hardtop is stored in the storage area under the deck.

Top latch assembly

Close switch Open switch

Deck

Indicator light

Hardtop

3-54

Knowing Your Mazda

íSome models.

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (113,1)

qPower Retractable Hardtop Precautions

WARNINGAlways confirm that there are no people around the vehicle before operating thehardtop:If the hardtop were to operate unexpectedly, it could result in an accident and seriousinjury from someone getting caught in the mechanism.

Always drive safely and observe the speed limit:Rollover accidents on a hardtop vehicle are dangerous. The hardtop is not as strongas a regular steel roof. Rollover accidents could dislodge or crush the hardtop andcause serious injuries or even death, just as with no top.

Sit in the seat with the seat belt correctly fastened when the vehicle is moving:Standing in the vehicle, or sitting on the deck or center console when the vehicle ismoving is a dangerous way to ride. During a sudden maneuver or collision you couldbe seriously injured or even killed.

Always keep your hands and fingers away from the fastening mechanisms whenmoving the hardtop:It is dangerous to place your hands or fingers near the fastening mechanisms. Yourhands or fingers could be caught and injured by the mechanism.

CAUTIONl Do not drive with the hardtop partially opened; this could damage the hardtop orcause an unexpected accident.

l Children should not be allowed to play with the open/close switch.

l Do not place objects or cargo around the deck, rear glass, or the hardtop storage area.Even small objects may interfere and cause damage.

l Remove leaves that accumulate on and around the hardtop. If the leaves are notremoved, they may block the water drainage outlets.

l Before opening the hardtop, make sure the rear window defogger switch (Defroster) isturned off. Otherwise the heat generated from the defogger could damage the hardtopand the internal material.

l When opening/closing the hardtop, verify that there is no obstruction above thehardtop (about 1.5 m from the ground) so as not to damage the hardtop or theobstruction.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-55


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (114,1)

CAUTIONl When opening/closing the hardtop, do not apply any load to the hardtop or the deck.The opening/closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged.

l Open/close the hardtop with the vehicle parked on level ground in a safe place where thevehicle does not obstruct traffic. If the hardtop is opened/closed on a slope or bump, theopening/closing mechanism of the hardtop may be damaged.

l Before opening or closing the hardtop, stop in a safe place off the right-of-way and parkon a level surface.

l When opening the hardtop, make sure objects inside the vehicle are not blown away bythe wind.

l Secure all loose objects inside before driving with the hardtop down.

l To help prevent burglary or vandalism and to ensure that the passenger compartmentstays dry, close the hardtop securely and lock both doors when leaving the vehicle.

l Do not drive through an automatic car wash as it may damage the hardtop.

l Do not open or close the hardtop when the temperature is below 5 °C (41 °F) as it thiswill damage the hardtop material.

l Opening the hardtop while it is wet can also cause water to drip into the passengercompartment.

l Do not open or close the hardtop in a strong wind as it could damage the hardtop.

qOperation Indicator Light

When illuminated

This notifies the driver that the hardtop isonly partially open.

When flashing

This indicates that the hardtop is beingopen/closed. (During button operation)

When not illuminated

This indicates that the hardtop is open/closed fully.

NOTE

If the operation indicator light flashesquickly, there may be a systemmalfunction. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

3-56

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (115,1)

qOperation Conditions

If the following conditions have beensatisfied, the hardtop can be opened/closed.

l The vehicle is parked on a level surfaceoff the right-of-way and the parkingbrake is firmly set.

l The ignition switch is in the ONposition.

l Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P) or Neutral (N),a manual transmission in Neutral.

l The trunk lid is closed.

NOTE

If the power retractable hardtop cannotbe closed even after the operationconditions are all met, have it checkedat an Authorized Mazda Dealer.The hardtop can be closed manually asan emergency measure.Refer to The Power RetractableHardtop Does not Close on page 3-61.

qOpening the Power RetractableHardtop

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and firmly set the parking brake.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake with the brakepedal depressed.

4. Start the Engine.

NOTE

Do not open/close the hardtop with theengine stopped. Otherwise the vehicle'sbattery power could be depleted.

5. With the lock release button depressed,pull the top latch outward to unlock.

Top latch

Unlock button

6. Verify that the operation indicator lightis illuminated and the lock is detached.

7. Press and hold the open button until thehardtop opens completely.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-57


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (116,1)

NOTE

l When the open switch is pressed, abeep sound is heard.

l The hardtop keeps opening and theoperation indicator light flasheswhile the open switch is pressed.

l If the switch is released while thehardtop is opening, the hardtop stopsopening. If the switch is pressedagain, the hardtop resumes opening.

8. The deck opens.

NOTE

If the windows are closed, the windowsautomatically open partially when thedeck opens.

9. The hardtop opens.

10. The hardtop retracts under the deck.

11. The deck closes.

3-58

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (117,1)

NOTE

When the operation is finished, a beepsound is heard and the operationindicator light turns off.

qClosing the Power RetractableHardtop


2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake with the brakepedal depressed.

4. Start the Engine.

NOTE

Do not open/close the hardtop with theengine stopped. Otherwise the vehicle'sbattery power could be depleted.

5. Press and hold the close button untilthe hardtop closes completely.

NOTE

l When the close switch is pressed, abeep sound is heard.

l The hardtop keeps closing and theoperation indicator light flasheswhile the close switch is pressed.

l If the switch is released while thehardtop is closing, the hardtop stopsclosing. If the switch is pressedagain, the hardtop resumes closing.

6. The deck opens.

NOTE

If the windows are closed, the windowsautomatically open partially when thedeck opens.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-59


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (118,1)

7. The hardtop comes out from under thedeck.

8. The hardtop closes.

9. The deck closes.

NOTE

l When the operation is finished, abeep sound is heard and theoperation indicator light illuminates.

l The power windows cannot beclosed automatically.

10. Move the top latch slowly to makesure the anchor engages with thestriker, then rotate the top latch to thelock position until a click sound isheard.

Striker

Anchor

3-60

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (119,1)

CAUTIONDriving with the hardtop not fullylocked could damage the hardtop.If the red indicator is visible on theunlock button, the hardtop is notlocked. After locking the hardtop,verify that the red indicator is notvisible.

Locked position

Unlocked position

Red indicator

NOTE

l The operation indicator light turnsoff when the top latch hook islocked.

l If the hardtop is not closed properlyeven with the top latch locked,contact Mazda to have it inspected.

qThe Power Retractable HardtopDoes not Close

If the hardtop cannot be closed electricallyby pressing the close switch, verify thepower retractable hardtop operationconditions first.Refer to Operation Conditions on page3-57.If the power retractable hardtop cannot beclosed even after the operation conditionsare all met, have it checked at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you are unable to have the hardtopchecked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer,the hardtop can be closed manually as anemergency measure.The procedure for manually closing thehardtop is as follows:

1. Release the locks of the deck and openit. (Refer to Opening the deck)

2. Lift up the hardtop and close it. (Referto Closing the hardtop)

3. Tie the ropes to the deck links andclose the deck. (Refer to Closing thedeck)

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-61


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (120,1)

CAUTIONl Do not drive the vehicle with thehardtop open halfway.

l Do not perform the procedure in astrong wind as it could cause anunexpected accident.

l Two adults are required to performthe procedure, especially whenlifting up the hardtop. Do not do italone so as not to cause injury orvehicle damage.

l Some steps in the procedure requireusing multiple tools at the same timeand a certain level of technicalexpertise. In addition, holding yourbody extended over the car can resultin muscle strains so Mazdarecommends having the hardtopchecked at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

NOTE

Use a suitable means of illumination,such as a flashlight, to improvevisibility under the deck lid whenperforming this task.

Before closing manually


2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in Park (P), a manualtransmission in Reverse (R) or 1, andturn off the engine.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition while depressing the brakepedal.

4. Turn on the hazard warning flasher if itis needed.

WARNINGVerify that the ignition switch is in theLOCK position before manuallyoperating the hardtop:Manually retracting the hardtop withthe ignition switch not in the LOCKposition is dangerous as the retractormotors could turn on suddenly andcause injury resulting from hands orfingers being pinched in themechanism.

Manual closing

Tool preparation

Locate the following tools in the glovebox.Refer to Tool Storage on page 7-5.

Rope

Eyebolt

Allen wrench

Opening the deck

1. Remove the antenna if it is installed.Refer to Detachable Type on page6-10.

3-62

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (121,1)

CAUTIONDo the procedure with the antennaremoved. The antenna may be damagedif it is left installed.

NOTE

l The gear units on both sides have tobe unlocked to release the deckbefore it is raised manually. Becausethe deck is heavy, two adults arerequired to raise it.

l The following describes theprocedure for the gear unit on oneside. Perform the procedure on bothsides.

2. Insert the Allen wrench into the Allensocket in the bolt head that is pointedforward of the gear unit located underthe deck lid as shown in the figure.

Deck

Bolt

Gear unit

Allen wrench

NOTE

The gear units are located underneaththe deck.

Bolt

3. Use the eyebolt to get enough torqueon the short leg of the Allen wrenchand turn the Allen wrench 4 timescounterclockwise.

Allen wrench

Eyebolt

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-63


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (122,1)

4. Disconnect the eyebolt from the Allenwrench leaving the Allen wrench inplace, and insert the threaded end ofthe eyebolt in the hole directly abovethe Allen socket and tighten itclockwise two full turns.

Eyebolt

Bolt

Thread hole

NOTE

Tighten the eyebolt with the Allenwrench inserted. The Allen wrench canserve as a reference for inserting theeyebolt more easily.

5. Remove the bolt, which is loosenedusing the Allen wrench, by turning itcounterclockwise.

NOTE

l After the bolt is clear of the hole,keep the Allen wrench level whilepulling it out with the bolt attachedso as to prevent the bolt from hittingthe vehicle and dropping.

l Bring the removed bolt to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. If youdrop the bolt in the vehicle bymistake, inform at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

6. Tighten the eyebolt by turning itclockwise 5 more times.

Eyebolt

7. Unscrew the eyebolt now by turning itcounterclockwise.

8. Insert the threaded end of the eyeboltthrough the guide.

GuideEyebolt

3-64

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (123,1)

9. Press the eyebolt against the sectorgear.

Sector gearEyebolt

Guide

10. Press and rotate the sector gearrearward to release the lock.

Sector gearEyebolt

Guide

CAUTIONWhen releasing the sector gear lockusing the eyebolt, make sure the eyeboltremains centered as you push it againstthe sector gear lock. If the eyebolt slipsit could cause your hand to veer and hitthe vehicle resulting in minor scrapes orbruises.

11. Pull out the eyebolt from the guidewhen the lock is released.

12. Do the same procedure on the otherside.

13. Lift up the deck using two adults, oneon each side of the vehicle, and openthe deck completely.

CAUTIONl Lift the deck using two adults. Doingit alone could result in injury or thedeck lid mechanism being twistedwhich could damage it.

l Do not let go of the deck lid on bothsides until it is fully open. The decklid could fall if it is released too soonand cause injury.

l Do not attempt to forcefully lift thedeck. If the lock has not detachedand the deck is forcefully lifted, itcould damage the deck.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-65


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (124,1)

Closing the hardtop

CAUTIONl The procedure should be done by atleast two adults. Do not do it aloneso as not to cause injury or vehicledamage.

l Some steps in the procedure requireholding your body in a strainedposition for extended periods and ifover exerted it could result in injury.

l Be very careful when closing thehardtop to prevent pinching andpossible injury.

1. Grasp the hardtop along the side andfront surfaces and lift it up enough tocreate a clearance at the rear ofhardtop.

2. Grasp the hardtop along the side andrear surfaces and lift it up enough tocreate a clearance behind the rear glass.

3. Grasp the hardtop along its side surfaceand the rear area of the rear glass, pullthe hardtop towards the front of thevehicle, and completely close it.

4. Lock the top latch.Refer to Closing the Power RetractableHardtop on page 3-59.

3-66

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (125,1)

Closing the deck

1. Loop the center of the rope through thepin on the link twice so that it does notloosen.

Pin

Rope

Link

NOTE

Before closing the deck, two smallropes need to be installed and tied intothe trunk so that the deck does not popup while driving, and so that the deckcan be raised for servicing by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

2. Route one end of the rope to the insideof the vehicle passing it through thegap in the trim. Route the other end tothe outside of the vehicle passing itthrough the links.

To the inside of the vehicle

Trim

Rope

To the outside of the vehicle

RopeLinks

NOTE

Always route the one end of the rope toinside of the vehicle. If it is not insidethe vehicle, it will be difficult to servicethe hardtop at an Authorized MazdaDealer.

3. Do the same procedure on the otherside.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-67


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (126,1)

4. Close the deck uniformly on both sidesusing two adults, one on each side ofthe vehicle.

CAUTIONClose the deck using two adults. Doingit alone could result in injury or thedeck lid mechanism being twistedwhich could damage it.

5. Lightly pushing the deck downward,pull the ropes to the rear along bothsides of the trunk to hold the deckdown.

NOTE

Pull the ropes horizontally to thevehicle rear.

Rope

6. Lightly move the deck and verify thatit is secured completely.

7. Open the trunk using the key, and tiethe rope to the bracket and knot it twiceso that it does not loosen.

Rope

Bracket

CAUTIONTie the ropes securely so that the deckdoes not open while the vehicle is beingdriven.

3-68

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (127,1)

NOTE

Open the trunk using the key. Theremote release button, advanced keylessentry function, and the keyless entrysystem do not operate when thisemergency procedure is done.

8. Tie off the other side rope the sameway.

9. Close the trunk lid.

After finishing the procedure

After finishing the procedure, have thehardtop checked at an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.

WARNINGDrive the vehicle at a speed of 40 km/h(25 mph) or lower before having thehardtop checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer:The hardtop may open while thevehicle is being driven and cause anaccident.

NOTE

The trunk cannot be opened with theremote release button, advanced keylessentry function, and the keyless entrysystem as they are disabled when thisemergency procedure is done.

qPower Retractable HardtopAppearance Care

Refer to Hardtop Maintenance (page8-56) for information on retractablehardtop appearance care.

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks

3-69


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (128,1)

qWhen Warning Indicator/Beep is Activated

If an improper operation is performed or a system malfunction has occurred, the indicator light or a warning beepis activated to notify the user of improper operation or a system malfunction.

Warning What to check

Awarning beep sound is heard when the open or closeswitch is pressed.

Make sure that all the conditions for operating theretractable hardtop have been met. If the chime soundsdespite having met all the operation conditions, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the systeminspected.

Awarning beep sound is heard when the open or closeswitch is released.

The hardtop is not fully opened or closed. Press theswitch until the open or close operation is completed.

Awarning beep sound is heard continuously and theindicator light is illuminated while the vehicle is driven.

The hardtop has not completely opened or closed.Continue to press the button until the operation iscompleted. After the hardtop is completely closed, latchthe top latch.

If the open or close button has not been operated andthe operation indicator light is flashing:

The system may have a malfunction. Have the vehiclechecked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

3-70

Knowing Your Mazda

Doors and Locks


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (129,1)

Immobilizer System (withAdvanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with an advanced key thesystem recognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.

CAUTIONl Radio equipment like this isgoverned by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

l To avoid damage to the key, do not:

l Drop the key.l Get the key wet.l Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.l Expose the key to high

temperatures on places such as thedashboard or hood, under directsunlight.

CAUTIONDo not allow the following whenstarting the engine with the auxiliarykey due to an advanced key deadbattery or other malfunction. Otherwisethe signal from the auxiliary key willnot be received correctly and the enginemay not start.

l Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

l Spare auxiliary keys or keys forother vehicles equipped with animmobilizer system touch or comenear the auxiliary key.

l Equipment containing electroniccomponents or cards with magneticstrips such as credit cards come nearthe auxiliary key.

NOTE



Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-71


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (130,1)

qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON position tothe ACC or LOCK position. The securityindicator light in the instrument clusterflashes every 2 seconds until the system isdisarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe registered advanced key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.

If the engine doesn't start with the correctignition key, and the security indicatorlight keeps illuminating or flashing, thesystem may have a malfunction. Consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

l The engine may not start and thesecurity indicator light mayilluminate or flash if the advancedkey is placed in an area where it isdifficult for the system to detect thesignal, such as on the dashboard, orin the glove box. Move the advancedkey to another place, turn theignition switch to the LOCKposition, and then restart the engine.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, orfrom a transceiver or a mobiletelephone could interfere with yourimmobilizer system. If you are usingthe proper advanced key and theengine fails to start, check thesecurity indicator light. If theindicator light is flashing, turn theignition switch to the ACC or LOCKposition and wait for a while, thenrestart the engine. If it doesn't startafter 3 or more tries, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving,don't shut off the engine. Go to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer and haveit checked. If the engine is shut offwhile the indicator light is flashing,you won't be able to restart it.

l Since the electronic codes are resetwhen repairing the immobilizersystem, the advanced key (includingauxiliary key) are needed. Bring allthe advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

3-72

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (131,1)

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

l The advanced keys (includingauxiliary key) carry a uniqueelectronic code. For this reason, andto assure your safety, obtaining areplacement advanced key (includingauxiliary key) requires some waitingtime. They are only availablethrough an Authorized MazdaDealer.

l Always keep a spare advanced keyin case one is lost. If an advancedkey is lost, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

l If you lose an advanced key(including auxiliary key), anAuthorized Mazda Dealer will resetthe electronic codes of yourremaining advanced keys (includingauxiliary keys) and immobilizersystem. Bring all the remainingadvanced keys (including auxiliarykeys) to an Authorized MazdaDealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key thathas not been reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-73


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (132,1)

Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key)

The immobilizer system allows the engineto start only with a key the systemrecognizes.

If someone attempts to start the enginewith an unrecognized key, the engine willnot start, thereby helping to prevent thetheft of your vehicle.

CAUTIONl Radio equipment like this isgoverned by laws in the UnitedStates.Changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

l To avoid damage to the key, do not:

l Drop the key.l Get the key wet.l Expose the key to any kind of

magnetic field.l Expose the key to high

temperatures on places such as thedashboard or hood, under directsunlight.

CAUTIONWhen starting the engine do not allowthe following, as the engine may notstart due to the electronic signal fromthe ignition key not being transmittedcorrectly.

l A key ring rests on the key grip.

l Metal parts of other keys or metalobjects touch the key grip.

l Spare keys or keys for other vehiclesequipped with an immobilizersystem touch or come near the keygrip.

l Devices for electronic purchases, orsecurity passage touch or come nearthe key.

3-74

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (133,1)

NOTE



qOperation

Arming

The system is armed when the ignitionswitch is turned from the ON to the ACCposition.The security indicator light in theinstrument panel flashes every 2 secondsuntil the system is disarmed.

Disarming

The system is disarmed when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.The security indicator light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and goes out.


NOTE

l If the security indicator light comeson and stays on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position,the engine will not start.

l Signals from a TVor radio station, orfrom a transceiver or a mobiletelephone, could interfere with yourimmobilizer system. If you are usingthe proper key and your engine failsto start, check the security indicatorlight. If it is flashing, remove theignition key and wait 2 seconds ormore, then reinsert it and try startingthe engine again. If it doesn't startafter 3 or more tries, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the security indicator light flashescontinuously while you are driving,don't shut off the engine. Go to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer and haveit checked. If you shut off the enginewhile the light is flashing you won'tbe able to restart it.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-75


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (134,1)

NOTE

l Since the electronic codes are resetwhen repairing the immobilizersystem, the keys are needed. Bringall the existing keys to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qMaintenance

If you have a problem with theimmobilizer system or the key, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

l The keys carry a unique electroniccode. For this reason, and to assureyour safety, obtaining replacementkey requires some waiting time.They are only available through anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l Always keep a spare key, in case oneis lost. If a key is lost, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

l If you lose a key, an AuthorizedMazda Dealer will reset theelectronic codes of your remainingkeys and immobilizer system. Bringall the remaining keys to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to reset.Starting the vehicle with a key thathas not been reset is not possible.

qModification and Add-OnEquipment

Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizersystem's operation if the system has beenmodified or if any add-on equipment hasbeen installed to it.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to your vehicle, donot modify the system or install anyadd-on equipment to the immobilizersystem or the vehicle.

3-76

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (135,1)

Theft-Deterrent Systemí

The theft-deterrent system is designed toprevent your vehicle or its contents frombeing stolen when both doors, hood, andtrunk lid are locked.

If forcible entry is attempted, the systemsounds the horn and flashes the hazardwarning lights.

NOTE

l The theft-deterrent system operateswith the key or the keyless entrysystem transmitter.

l (With advanced key)The theft-deterrent system can alsobe operated using a request switch orthe start knob.The system operates only when thedriver is in the vehicle or withinoperational range while the advancedkey is being carried.

l The system will not function unlessit is properly armed. To properlysecure the vehicle, always make sureboth windows are completely closedand both doors and the trunk lid arelocked before leaving the vehicle.Remember to take your key andtransmitter.

qOperation

System triggering conditions

The horn sounds intermittently and thehazard warning lights flash for about 25seconds when the system is triggered byany one of the following:

l Forcing open a door, the hood or thetrunk lid.

l Unlocking a door with the door lockswitch.

l Opening a door by operating an insidedoor-lock knob.

l Opening the hood by operating thehood release handle.

l Opening the trunk lid by operating thetrunk lid release button.

If the system is triggered again, the lightsand horn will activate until a door isunlocked or the trunk lid is opened withthe key or with the transmitter.(With advanced key)The lights and horn can also bedeactivated by pressing a request switch.

qHow to Arm the System

1. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.(With advanced key)Turn the start knob to the LOCKposition.

2. Make sure the hood and the trunk lidare closed. Close and lock both doorsfrom the outside using the key. If youhave the keyless entry system, pressthe lock button on the transmitter.(With advanced key)Press a request switch on the doors orthe lock button on the transmitter.

The hazard warning lights will flashonce to indicate that the system isarmed.

(Without advanced key)The following method will also arm thetheft-deterrent system:Close the hood and the trunk lid . Pressthe area on the door-lock switchmarked “LOCK” once. Close bothdoors.

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System

3-77íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (136,1)

NOTE

Locking the doors with the inside door-lock knob will not arm the system.

qTo Turn off an Armed System

An armed system can be turned off by anyone of the following methods:

l Unlock a door with the key.

l Press the unlock button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l Insert the key into the ignition switchand turn it to the ON position.

l (With advanced key)

l Press a request switch on the doorsor the unlock button on thetransmitter.

l Turn the start knob to the ONposition.

The hazard warning lights will flash twiceto indicate that the system is turned off.

NOTE

The trunk lid can be opened with thekey or the transmitter even when thesystem is armed. The alarm will notcome on and the system will remainarmed.

qTo Stop an Alarm

A triggered alarm can be turned off byany one of the following methods:

l Unlock a door with the key.

l Open the trunk lid with the key.

l Press the unlock button or press andhold the trunk button on the keylessentry system transmitter.

l (With advanced key)

l Press a request switch on the doors.l Press the unlock button or press and

hold the trunk button on thetransmitter.

NOTE

If you have any problem with the theft-deterrent system, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qTheft-Deterrent Labels

A label indicating that your vehicle isequipped with a Theft-Deterrent System isin the glove box.

Mazda recommends that you affix it to thelower rear corner of a front door window.

3-78

Knowing Your Mazda

Security System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (137,1)

Steering Wheel

WARNINGNever adjust the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is moving:Adjusting the steering wheel while thevehicle is moving is dangerous.Moving it can very easily cause thedriver to abruptly turn to the left orright. This can lead to loss of controlor an accident.

qTilt Steering Wheel

To change the angle of the steering wheel,stop the vehicle, pull the tilt wheel releaselever under the steering column down,adjust the wheel, then push the releaselever up to lock the column.

Tilt wheel release lever

After adjusting, push the wheel up anddown to be certain it's locked beforedriving.

Mirrors

qOutside Mirrors

Check the mirror angles before driving.

Mirror type

Flat type (driver's side)Flat surface mirror.Convex type (passenger side)The mirror has single curvature on itssurface.

WARNINGBe sure to look over your shoulderbefore changing lanes:Changing lanes without taking intoaccount the actual distance of thevehicle in the convex mirror isdangerous. You could have a seriousaccident. What you see in the convexmirror is closer than it appears.

Power control mirror

The ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.

To adjust:

1. Press the left or right side of theselector switch to choose the left orright side mirror.

Knowing Your Mazda

Steering Wheel and Mirrors

3-79


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (138,1)

2. Depress the mirror switch in theappropriate direction.

Mirror switch

Selector switchOutside mirror

After adjusting the mirror, lock the controlby placing the selector switch in themiddle position.

Folding the mirror

Fold the outside mirror rearward until it isflush with the vehicle.

WARNINGAlways return the outside mirrors tothe driving position before you startdriving:Driving with the outside mirrorsfolded in is dangerous. Your rear viewwill be restricted, and you could havean accident.

qRearview Mirror

Rearview mirror adjustment

Before driving, adjust the rearview mirrorto center on the scene through the rearwindow.

Reducing glare from headlights

Adjust the mirror with the day/night leverin the day position.

Push the lever forward for day driving.Pull it back to reduce glare fromheadlights.

Night

Day

Day/Night lever

3-80

Knowing Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (139,1)

WARNINGDo not stack cargo or objects higherthan the seatbacks:Cargo stacked higher than theseatbacks is dangerous. It can blockyour view in the rearview mirror,which might cause you to hit anothercar when changing lanes.

Knowing Your Mazda


3-81


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (140,1)

3-82


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (141,1)

4 Before Driving Your Mazda

Important information about driving your Mazda.

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ........................................ 4-2Fuel Requirements .................................................................... 4-2Emission Control System .......................................................... 4-3Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide) ......................................... 4-4

Before Starting the Engine ........................................................... 4-5Before Getting In ...................................................................... 4-5After Getting In ......................................................................... 4-5

Driving Tips ................................................................................... 4-6Break-In Period ......................................................................... 4-6Money-Saving Suggestions ...................................................... 4-6Hazardous Driving .................................................................... 4-7Rocking the Vehicle .................................................................. 4-8Winter Driving .......................................................................... 4-8Driving In Flooded Area ......................................................... 4-10Overloading ............................................................................ 4-10

Towing .......................................................................................... 4-11Trailer Towing ......................................................................... 4-11

4-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (142,1)

Fuel RequirementsVehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.

Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table.

Fuel Octane Rating*(Anti-knock index)

Premium unleaded fuel 91 [ (R+M)/2 method] or above (96 RON or above)

* U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.

You may use a regular unleaded fuel with an Octane Rating from 87 to 90 (91 to 95 RON)but this will slightly reduce performance, such as reduced engine output, and engineknocking.Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) could cause the emission control systemto lose effectiveness. It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.

CAUTIONl USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter or the oxygen sensor. The lead willaccumulate on the oxygen sensor and the catalyst inside the converter. This will resultin a malfunction of the emission control system, causing poor performance.

l Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10% ethanol byvolume. Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds thisrecommendation, or if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of anykind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly.

l Never add fuel system additives. Never add cleaning agents other than those specifiedby Mazda. Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generallyreferred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with yourvehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10%. Gasoline containing alcohol, such asethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name “Gasohol”.

Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may notbe covered by the Mazda warranty.

l Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.

l Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.

l Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

4-2

Before Driving Your Mazda

Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (143,1)

Emission Control SystemYour vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part ofthis system) that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissionsrequirements.

WARNINGNever park over or near anything flammable:Parking over or near anything flammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even withthe engine turned off, the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and couldignite anything flammable. A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death.

CAUTIONIgnoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst insidethe converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage theconverter and cause poor performance.

l USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.

l Don't drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.

l Don't coast with the ignition switch turned off.

l Don't descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switch turned off.

l Don't operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.

l Don't tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments mustbe made by a qualified technician.

l Don't push-start or pull-start your vehicle.

NOTE

Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission controlsystem before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In somestates, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.

NOTE

While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard below thetrunk, however this does not indicate an abnormality. Your vehicle has a self-checkingdevice and it operates while the engine is off.



4-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (144,1)

Engine Exhaust (Carbon Monoxide)

WARNINGDo not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which iscolorless, odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousnessand death. If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle, keep all windows fully openand contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately.

Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaustgas, which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss ofconsciousness or even death could occur.

Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air whenidling the engine:Exhaust gas is dangerous. When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed andthe engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which containspoisonous carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or evendeath could occur.

Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe,before starting the engine:Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaustpipe could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Becauseexhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss ofconsciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin.

4-4




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (145,1)

Before Getting Inl Be sure the windows, outside mirrors,and outside lights are clean.

l Inspect inflation pressures andcondition of tires.

l Look under the vehicle for any sign offluid leaks.

l If you plan to back up, make surenothing is in your way.

NOTE

Engine oil, engine coolant, brake/clutchfluid, washer fluid, and other fluidlevels should be inspected. SeeMaintenance, Section 8.

After Getting Inl Are all doors closed and locked?

l Is the seat adjusted properly?

l Are the inside and outside mirrorsadjusted?

l Is each occupant's seat belt fastened?

l Check all gauges.

l Check all warning lights when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

l Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes off.

Always be thoroughly familiar with yourMazda.


Before Starting the Engine

4-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (146,1)

Break-In PeriodNo special break-in is necessary, but a fewprecautions in the first 1,000 km (600miles) may add to the performance,economy, and life of your Mazda.

l Don't race the engine.

l Don't maintain one constant speed,either slow or fast, for a long period oftime.

l Don't drive constantly at full-throttle orhigh engine rpm for extended periodsof time.

l Avoid unnecessary hard stops.

l Avoid full-throttle starts.

Money-Saving SuggestionsHow you operate your Mazda determineshow far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Usethese suggestions to help save money onfuel and repairs.

l Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engineruns smoothly, begin driving.

l Avoid fast starts.

l Keep the engine tuned. Follow themaintenance schedule (page 8-3) andhave an Authorized Mazda Dealerperform inspections and servicing.

l Use the air conditioner only whennecessary.

l Slow down on rough roads.

l Keep the tires properly inflated.

l Don't carry unnecessary weight.

l Don't rest your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving.

l Keep the wheels in correct alignment.

l Keep windows closed at high speeds.

l Slow down when driving in crosswindsand headwinds.

WARNINGNever stop the engine when goingdown a hill:Stopping the engine when going downa hill is dangerous. This causes theloss of power steering and powerbrake control, and may cause damageto the drivetrain. Any loss of steeringor braking control could cause anaccident.

4-6


Driving Tips


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (147,1)

Hazardous Driving

WARNINGBe extremely careful if it is necessaryto downshift on slippery surfaces:Downshifting into lower gear whiledriving on slippery surfaces isdangerous. The sudden change in tirespeed could cause the tires to skid.This could lead to loss of vehiclecontrol and an accident.

Do not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

When driving on ice or in water, snow,mud, sand, or similar hazard:

l Be cautious and allow extra distancefor braking.

l Avoid sudden braking and quicksteering.

l If your vehicle is not equipped withABS, brake with the pedal by using alight up-down motion. Do not hold thepedal down constantly.If your vehicle is equipped with ABS,do not pump the brakes. Continue topress down on the brake pedal.

l If you get stuck, select a lower gear andaccelerate slowly. Do not spin the rearwheels.

l For more traction in starting onslippery surfaces such as ice or packedsnow, use sand, rock salt, chains,carpeting, or other nonslip materialunder the rear wheels.

NOTE

Use snow chains only on the rearwheels.


Driving Tips

4-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (148,1)

Rocking the Vehicle

WARNINGDo not spin the wheels at more than56 km/h (35 mph), and do not allowanyone to stand behind a wheel whenpushing the vehicle:When the vehicle is stuck, spinningthe wheels at high speed is dangerous.The spinning tire could overheat andexplode. This could cause seriousinjuries.

CAUTIONToo much rocking may cause engineoverheating, transmission failure, andtire damage.

If you must rock the vehicle to free it fromsnow, sand or mud, depress theaccelerator slightly and slowly move theshift lever from 1 (D) to R.

Winter Drivingl Carry emergency gear, including tirechains, window scraper, flares, a smallshovel, jumper cables, and a small bagof sand or salt.

Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer toperform the following precautions:

l Have the proper ratio of antifreeze inthe radiator.Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8-23.

l Inspect the battery and its cables. Coldreduces battery capacity.

l Inspect the ignition system for damageand loose connections.

l Use washer fluid made withantifreeze―but don't use enginecoolant antifreeze for washer fluid(page 8-26).

l Don't use the parking brake in freezingweather as the parking brake mayfreeze. Instead, shift to P with anautomatic transmission and to 1 or Rwith a manual transmission. Block therear wheels.

4-8


Driving Tips


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (149,1)

qSnow Tires

Use snow tires on all four wheels

Don't go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)while driving with snow tires. Inflatesnow tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm2, 4.3 psi)more than recommended on the tirepressure label (driver's door frame), butnever more than the maximum cold-tirepressure shown on the tires.Your vehicle is originally equipped withsummer tires designed for optimumtraction on wet and dry roads. If yourvehicle is to be used on snow and icecovered roads, Mazda recommends thatyou replace the tires originally equippedon your vehicle with snow tires during thewinter months.

WARNINGUse only the same size and type tires(snow, radial, or non-radial) on allfour wheels:Using tires different in size or type isdangerous. Your vehicle's handlingcould be greatly affected and result inan accident.

CAUTIONCheck local regulations before usingstudded tires.

NOTE

If your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the systemmay not function correctly when usingtires with steel wire reinforcement inthe sidewalls (page 5-30).

qTire Chains

Check local regulations before using tirechains.

CAUTIONl Chains may affect handling.

l Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30mph) or the chain manufacturer'srecommended limit, whichever islower.

l Drive carefully and avoid bumps,holes, and sharp turns.

l Avoid locked-wheel braking.

l Do not use chains on roads that arefree of snow or ice. The tires andchains could be damaged.

l Chains may scratch or chipaluminum wheels.

NOTE

If your vehicle is equipped with the tirepressure monitoring system, the systemmay not function correctly when usingtire chains.

Install the chains on the rear tires.Do not use chains on the front tires.Please consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

Installing the chains

1. Secure the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Always follow thechain manufacturer's instructions.

2. Retighten the chains after driving 1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).


Driving Tips

4-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (150,1)

Driving In Flooded Area

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance returns to normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

CAUTIONMake sure water does not enter thevehicle interior or the engine area.Interior materials could get moldy, andmany electronic devices in the cabinand the engine could be damaged.

Overloading

WARNINGBe careful not to overload yourvehicle:The gross axle weight rating (GAWR)and the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR) of your vehicle are on theMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Labelon the driver's door frame. Exceedingthese ratings can cause an accident orvehicle damage. You can estimate theweight of your load by weighing theitems (or people) before putting themin the vehicle.

4-10


Driving Tips


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (151,1)

Trailer TowingThe Mazda MX-5 is not designed fortowing. Never tow a trailer with yourMazda MX-5.


Towing

4-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (152,1)

4-12


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (153,1)

5 Driving Your Mazda

Explanation of instruments and controls.

Starting and Driving ..................................................................... 5-2Ignition Switch .......................................................................... 5-2Starting the Engine .................................................................... 5-4Brake System ............................................................................ 5-5Manual Transmission Operation ............................................... 5-9Automatic Transmission Controls ........................................... 5-12Power Steering ........................................................................ 5-19Cruise Control ......................................................................... 5-20Traction Control System (TCS)í ........................................... 5-23Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)í ........................................ 5-24Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí ......................................... 5-27

Instrument Cluster and Indicators ............................................ 5-33Meters and Gauges .................................................................. 5-33

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds ............................ 5-38Warning/Indicator Lights ........................................................ 5-38Beep Sounds ........................................................................... 5-51

Switches and Controls ................................................................ 5-52Lighting Control ..................................................................... 5-52Turn and Lane-Change Signals ............................................... 5-54Fog Lightsí ............................................................................ 5-54Windshield Wipers and Washer .............................................. 5-55Rear Window Defroster ........................................................... 5-56Horn ........................................................................................ 5-57Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................................... 5-57

5-1íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (154,1)

Ignition Switch(With advanced key)

NOTE

When starting the engine using theadvanced key, refer to Starting theEngine (page 3-10).

When starting the engine with theauxiliary key, perform the followingprocedure.

1. Remove the auxiliary key from theadvanced key (page 3-17).

2. Make sure the start knob is in LOCKposition.

3. Remove the start knob by pulling itoutward while pressing the buttons onboth the left and right sides.

4. Insert the auxiliary key in the ignitionswitch.

qIgnition Switch Positions

With advanced key

Without advanced key

LOCK

The steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. Only in this position can thekey be removed.

Manual Transmission Vehicle

Push the key

5-2

Driving Your Mazda

Starting and Driving


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (155,1)

Automatic Transmission Vehicle

WARNINGRemove the key only when the vehicleis parked:Removing the key from the ignitionswitch while the vehicle is moving isdangerous. Removing the key allowsthe steering wheel to lock. You willlose steering control and a seriousaccident could occur. (For vehiclesequipped with the advanced key, thesteering wheel locks when the starterknob is turned to the LOCK position.)

Before leaving the driver's seat,always set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P withan automatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:Leaving the driver's seat withoutsetting the parking brake and the shiftlever is dangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

NOTE

If turning the key is difficult, jiggle thesteering wheel from side to side.

ACC (Accessory)

The steering wheel unlocks and someelectrical accessories will operate.

ON

This is the normal running position afterthe engine is started. The warning lightsshould be inspected before the engine isstarted (page 5-38).

NOTE

When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, the sound of the fuelpump motor operating near the fueltank can be heard. This does notindicate an abnormality.

START

The engine is started in this position. Itwill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

Driving Your Mazda


5-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (156,1)

Starting the Engine

NOTE

Engine-starting is controlled by thespark ignition system.This system meets all CanadianInterference-Causing EquipmentStandard requirements regulating theimpulse electrical field strength of radionoise.

1. Occupants should fasten their seatbelts.

2. Make sure the parking brake is on.


4. (Manual transmission)Depress the clutch pedal all the wayand shift into neutral.Keep the clutch pedal depressed whilecranking the engine.

(Automatic transmission)Put the vehicle in park (P). If you mustrestart the engine while the vehicle ismoving, shift into neutral (N).

NOTE

(Manual transmission)The starter will not operate if the clutchpedal is not depressed all the way.

(Automatic transmission)The starter will not operate if the shiftlever is not in P or N.

5. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold (up to 10 seconds ata time) until the engine starts.

CAUTIONDon't try the starter for more than 10seconds at a time. If the engine stalls orfails to start, wait 10 seconds beforetrying again. Otherwise, you maydamage the starter and drain the battery.

6. After starting the engine, let it idle forabout 10 seconds.

NOTE

l In extremely cold weather, below_18 °C (0 °F), or after the vehiclehas not been driven in several days,let the engine warm up withoutoperating the accelerator.

l Whether the engine is cold or warm,it should be started without use ofthe accelerator.

5-4

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (157,1)

Brake System

qFoot Brake

Your Mazda has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normaluse.

Should power-assist fail, you can stop byapplying greater force than normal to thebrake pedal. But the distance required tostop will be greater than usual.

WARNINGDo not coast with the engine stalled orturned off, find a safe place to stop:Coasting with the engine stalled orturned off is dangerous. Braking willrequire more effort, and the brake'spower-assist could be depleted if youpump the brake. This will causelonger stopping distances or even anaccident.

Shift to a lower gear when going downsteep hills:Driving with your foot continuouslyon the brake pedal or steadily applyingthe brakes for long distances isdangerous. This causes overheatedbrakes, resulting in longer stoppingdistances or even total brake failure.This could cause loss of vehiclecontrol and a serious accident. Avoidcontinuous application of the brakes.

WARNINGDry brakes that have become wet bydriving very slowly and applying thebrakes lightly until brake performanceis normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

qParking Brake

WARNINGBefore leaving the driver's seat,always set the parking brake andmake sure the shift lever is in P withan automatic transmission or in 1 or Rwith a manual transmission:Leaving the driver's seat withoutsetting the parking brake and the shiftlever is dangerous. Unexpected vehiclemovement could occur. This couldcause an accident.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brake on willcause excessive wear of the brakelinings or pads.

NOTE

For parking in snow, refer to WinterDriving (page 4-8) regarding parkingbrake use.

Driving Your Mazda


5-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (158,1)

Setting the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and then firmlypull the parking brake lever fully upwardswith a greater amount of force than isrequired so that the vehicle holds in thestationary position.

Releasing the parking brake

Depress the brake pedal and pull theparking brake lever upwards, then pressthe release button. While holding thebutton, lower the parking brake lever allthe way down to the released position.

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It goes offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-25).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

5-6

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (159,1)

NOTE

Having to add brake fluid is sometimesan indicator of leakage. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible even if the brake light is nolonger illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:Driving with the brake system warninglight illuminated is dangerous. Itindicates that your brakes may notwork at all or that they couldcompletely fail at any time. If this lightremains illuminated, after checkingthat the parking brake is fullyreleased, have the brakes inspectedimmediately.

qAnti-Lock Brake System (ABS)í

The ABS control unit continuouslymonitors the speed of each wheel. If oneis about to lock up, the ABS responds byautomatically releasing and reapplyingthat wheel's brake.

The driver will feel a slight vibration inthe brake pedal and may hear a chatteringnoise from the brake system. This isnormal when the ABS operates. Don'tpump the brakes, continue to press downon the brake pedal.

WARNINGDo not rely on ABS as a substitute forsafe driving:The ABS cannot compensate forunsafe and reckless driving, excessivespeed, tailgating (following anothervehicle too closely), driving on ice andsnow, and hydroplaning (reduced tirefriction and road contact because ofwater on the road surface). You canstill have an accident.

NOTE

Braking distances may be longer onloose surfaces (snow or gravel, forexample) which usually have a hardfoundation. A vehicle with a normalbraking system may require lessdistance to stop under these conditionsbecause the tires will build up a wedgeof surface layer when the wheels skid.

qABS Warning Lightí

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Driving Your Mazda


5-7íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (160,1)

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

When the engine is jump-started tocharge the battery, uneven rpm occursand the ABS warning light comes on.This is due to a weak battery, not amalfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warningí

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be an electronic brake force distributionsystem.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABSwarning light and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quickly inan emergency stop than under normalcircumstances.

qBrake Pad Wear Indicator

When the disc brake pads become worn,the built-in wear indicators contact thedisc plates. This causes a screeching noiseto warn that the pads should be replaced.

When you hear this noise, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible.

5-8

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (161,1)

WARNINGDo not drive with worn disc pads:Driving with worn disc pads isdangerous. The brakes could fail andcause a serious accident. As soon asyou hear a screeching noise consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Manual TransmissionOperation

qManual Transmission Shift Pattern

5-speed transmission

6-speed transmissionNeutral position

Neutral position

The vehicle is equipped with either a 5-speed or 6-speed manual transmission.The shift pattern for each is shown above.

Depress the clutch pedal all the way downwhile shifting; then release it slowly.

(5-speed transmission)A safety feature prevents accidentalshifting from 5 to R (reverse). The shiftlever must be put in neutral before beingshifted to R.

Driving Your Mazda


5-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (162,1)

(6-speed transmission)Vehicles with 6-speed transmission areequipped with a device to prevent shiftingto R (reverse) by mistake. Push the shiftlever downward and shift to R.

WARNINGDo not use sudden engine braking onslippery road surfaces or at highspeeds:Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid. This could leadto loss of vehicle control and anaccident.

Be sure to leave the shift lever in 1 orR position and set the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle unattended:Otherwise the vehicle could move andcause an accident.

CAUTIONl Keep your foot off the clutch pedalexcept when shifting gears. Also,don't use the clutch to hold thevehicle on an upgrade. Riding theclutch will cause needless clutchwear and damage.

l Make sure the vehicle comes to acomplete stop before shifting to R.Shifting to R while the vehicle is stillmoving may damage thetransmission.

NOTE

If shifting to R is difficult, shift backinto neutral, release the clutch pedal,and try again.

qRecommendations for Shifting

Upshifting

For normal acceleration, we recommendthese shift points.

Gear5-speed

transmission6-speed

transmission

1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph) 23 km/h (14 mph)

2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph) 37 km/h (23 mph)

3 to 4 55 km/h (34 mph) 50 km/h (31 mph)

4 to 5 66 km/h (41 mph) 56 km/h (35 mph)

5 to 6 ― 66 km/h (41 mph)

For cruising

Gear5-speed

transmission6-speed

transmission

1 to 2 15 km/h (9 mph) 18 km/h (11 mph)

2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph) 32 km/h (20 mph)

3 to 4 47 km/h (29 mph) 44 km/h (27 mph)

4 to 5 61 km/h (38 mph) 56 km/h (35 mph)

5 to 6 ― 68 km/h (42 mph)

5-10

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (163,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisreduces the chance of stalling and givesbetter acceleration when you need morespeed.On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

Driving Your Mazda


5-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (164,1)

Automatic Transmission Controls

Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift (The ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position).

Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.

Various Lockouts:

NOTE

This Sport AT has an option that is not included in traditional automatic transmission -giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to thetransmission to shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transmissionfunctions as a traditional automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertentlyshift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as you changespeeds. If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirmyou have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode (page 5-14).

5-12

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (165,1)

qTransmission Ranges

The shift lever must be in P or N tooperate the starter.

P (Park)

P locks the transmission and prevents therear wheels from rotating.

WARNINGAlways set the shift lever to PAND setthe parking brake:Only setting the shift lever to the Pposition without using the parkingbrake to hold the vehicle is dangerous.If P fails to hold, the vehicle couldmove and cause an accident.

CAUTIONl Shifting into P, N or R while thevehicle is moving can damage yourtransmission.

l Shifting into a driving gear orreverse when the engine is runningfaster than idle can damage thetransmission.

R (Reverse)

In position R, the vehicle moves onlybackward. You must be at a complete stopbefore shifting to or from R, except underrare circumstances as explained inRocking the Vehicle (page 4-8).

N (Neutral)

In N, the wheels and transmission are notlocked. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or brakes are on.

WARNINGIf the engine is running faster thanidle, do not shift from N or P into adriving gear:It's dangerous to shift from N or Pinto a driving gear when the engine isrunning faster than idle. If this isdone, the vehicle could move suddenly,causing an accident or serious injury.

Do not shift into N when driving thevehicle:Shifting into N while driving isdangerous. Engine braking cannot beapplied when decelerating whichcould lead to an accident or seriousinjury.

CAUTIONDo not shift into N when driving thevehicle. Doing so can causetransmission damage.

NOTE

Apply the parking brake or depress thebrake pedal before moving the shiftlever from N to prevent the vehiclefrom moving unexpectedly.

D (Drive)

D is the normal driving position. From astop, the transmission will automaticallyshift through a 6-gear sequence.

Driving Your Mazda


5-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (166,1)

M (Manual)

M is the manual shift mode position.Gears can be shifted up or down byoperating the shift lever or steering shiftswitches.Refer to Manual Shift Mode (page 5-14).

qShift-Lock System

The shift-lock system prevents shiftingout of P unless the brake pedal isdepressed.

To shift from P:

1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.

2. Start the engine.

3. Move the shift lever.

NOTE

l When the ignition switch is in theLOCK position, the shift levercannot be shifted from P.

l To be sure the vehicle is in park, theignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in P.

l (With Advanced Key)The ignition switch cannot be turnedfrom the ACC position to the LOCKposition when the shift lever is not inP.

qManual Shift Mode

This mode gives you the feel of driving amanual transmission vehicle by operatingthe shift lever and allows you to controlengine rpm and torque to the rear wheelsmuch like a manual transmission whenmore control is desired.

To change to manual shift mode, shift thelever from D to M.

To return to automatic shift mode, shiftthe lever from M to D.

NOTE

If you change to manual shift modewhen the vehicle is stopped, the gearwill shift to M1.

Indicators

Shift position indicator

In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shiftposition indicator in the instrument panelilluminates.

5-14

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (167,1)

Gear position indicator

The numeral for the selected gearilluminates.

Shift position indicator


NOTE

l If the gears cannot be shifted downwhen driving at higher speeds, thegear position indicator will flashtwice to signal that the gears cannotbe shifted down.

l If the automatic transmission fluid(ATF) temperature becomes toohigh, there is the possibility that thetransmission will switch to automaticshift mode, canceling manual shiftmode and turning off the gearposition indicator illumination. Thisis a normal function to protect theAT. After the ATF temperature hasdecreased, the gear position indicatorillumination turns back on anddriving in manual shift mode isrestored.

Shifting

You can shift gears up and down byoperating the shift lever or the steeringshift switches.

NOTE

l If the steering shift switches on bothsides (left and right) are operatedsimultaneously, the gear will shiftonce.

l The gear will not shift if:

l The steering shift switch and theshift lever are operatedsimultaneously.

l The UP switch and DOWNswitch are operatedsimultaneously.

Manually Shifting up

(M1→M2→M3→M4→M5→M6)To shift up to a higher gear, tap the shiftlever back ( ) once.

Driving Your Mazda


5-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (168,1)

To shift up to a higher gear with thesteering shift switches, tap either of theUP switches toward you once with yourfingers.

UP switches

WARNINGKeep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous. Ifthe driver air bag were to deploy in acollision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

NOTE

l When driving slowly, the gears maynot shift up depending on vehiclespeed.

l In manual shift mode, gears do notshift up automatically. Don't run theengine with the tachometer needle inthe RED ZONE. If the tachometerneedle enters the RED ZONE, youmay feel engine-braking because thefuel delivery will be stopped toprotect the engine. However, thisdoes not indicate an abnormality.

l When depressing the acceleratorfully, the transmission will shift to alower gear, depending on vehiclespeed (Except M2→M1).

Manually Shifting down

(M6→M5→M4→M3→M2→M1)To shift down to a lower gear, tap the shiftlever forward ( ) once.

5-16

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (169,1)

To shift down to a lower gear with thesteering shift switches, press either of theDOWN switches away from you oncewith your thumb.

DOWN switches

WARNINGDo not use engine braking on slipperyroad surfaces or at high speeds:Shifting down while driving on wet,snowy, or frozen roads, or whiledriving at high speeds causes suddenengine braking, which is dangerous.The sudden change in tire speed couldcause the tires to skid. This could leadto loss of vehicle control and anaccident.

Keep your hands on the steering wheelrim when using fingers or thumbs onthe steering shift switches:Putting your hands inside the rim ofthe steering wheel when using thesteering shift switches is dangerous. Ifthe driver air bag were to deploy in acollision, your hands could beimpacted causing injury.

NOTE

l When driving at high speeds, thegear may not shift down dependingon vehicle speed.

l During deceleration, the gear mayautomatically shift down dependingon vehicle speed.

l When depressing the acceleratorfully, the transmission will shift to alower gear, depending on vehiclespeed (Except M2→M1).

Second gear fixed mode

When the shift lever is tapped back ( )while the vehicle is stopped, thetransmission is set in the second gearfixed mode. The gear is fixed in secondwhile in this mode for easier starting anddriving on slippery roads. If the shift leveris tapped back ( ) or forward ( ) whilein the second gear fixed mode, the modewill be canceled.

Driving Your Mazda


5-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (170,1)

Shifting specification

Shifting up

If the vehicle speed is lower than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted up to a higher gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1→M2

Between 0 and 18 km/h(0 and 11 mph), depending on howmuch the accelerator pedal isdepressed.

M2→M3M3→M4


M4→M5


M5→M6


Shifting down

If the vehicle speed is higher than thespeed specified for each gear, the gearcannot be shifted down to a lower gear.

Gear Vehicle speed

M5→M4 164 km/h (102 mph)

M4→M3 117 km/h (72 mph)

M3→M2 80 km/h (49 mph)

M2→M1 35 km/h (21 mph)

During deceleration, the gears shift downautomatically when speed is reduced tothe following:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 47 km/h (29 mph)

M5→M4 38 km/h (23 mph)

M4→M3 20 km/h (12 mph)

M3→M2 15 km/h (9 mph)

M2→M1 12 km/h (7 mph)

NOTE

The gear does not shift down to M1automatically while in the second gearfixed mode.

If the vehicle is kicked down at thefollowing speeds or lower, the gears shiftdown automatically:

Gear Vehicle speed

M6→M5 190 km/h (118 mph)

M6→M4 125 km/h (77 mph)

M5→M4 125 km/h (77 mph)

M5→M3 78 km/h (48 mph)

M4→M3 78 km/h (48 mph)

M4→M2 50 km/h (31 mph)

M3→M2 50 km/h (31 mph)

Recommendations for shifting

UpshiftingFor normal acceleration, we recommend these shiftpoints.

Gear Vehicle speed

M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)





For cruising

Gear Vehicle speed






5-18

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (171,1)

Downshifting

When you must slow down in heavytraffic or on a steep upgrade, downshiftbefore the engine starts to overwork. Thisgives better acceleration when you needmore speed.

On a steep downgrade, downshiftinghelps maintain safe speed and prolongsbrake life.

qDriving Tips

Passing

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing steep grades, depressthe accelerator fully. The transmission willshift to a lower gear, depending on vehiclespeed.

Climbing steep grades from a stop

To climb a steep grade from a stoppedposition:


2. Shift to D or M1, depending on theload weight and grade steepness.

3. Release the brake pedal whilegradually accelerating.

Descending steep grades

When descending a steep grade, shift tolower gears, depending on load weightand grade steepness. Descend slowly,using the brakes only occasionally toprevent them from overheating.

Power SteeringPower steering is only operable when theengine is running. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system is inoperable,you can still steer, but it requires morephysical effort.

If the steering feels stiffer than usualduring normal driving, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme left or right for more than 5seconds with the engine running.This could damage the power steeringsystem.

Driving Your Mazda


5-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (172,1)

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, you can set andautomatically maintain any speed of morethan about 30 km/h (19 mph).

WARNINGDo not use the cruise control underthe following conditions:Using the cruise control under thefollowing conditions is dangerous andcould result in loss of vehicle control.l Hilly terrainl Steep inclinesl Heavy or unsteady trafficl Slippery or winding roadsl Similar restrictions that requireinconsistent speed

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qActivation/Deactivation

To activate the system, press the ON/OFFswitch.The cruise main indicator lightilluminates.

To deactivate the system, press the switchagain.The cruise main indicator light turns off.

WARNINGKeep the ON/OFF switch off whencruise control is not in use:Leaving the ON/OFF switch on whennot using the cruise control isdangerous as you may hit one of theother buttons and put the vehicle incruise control unexpectedly. Thiscould result in loss of vehicle control.

qTo Set Speed

1. Activate the cruise control system bypressing the ON/OFF switch.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 30 km/h (19 mph).

5-20

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (173,1)

3. Press down the cruise control switchand release it at the speed you want.Release the accelerator at the sametime.

Cruise control switch

Don't continue to hold the switch. Untilyou release it, speed will continue to drop(unless you continue to accelerate) andyou'll miss the desired speed.

NOTE

l The SET function can't be activateduntil about 2 seconds after the ON/OFF switch has been engaged.

l On a steep grade, the vehicle maymomentarily slow down going up orspeed up while going down.

qTo Increase Cruising Speed

Follow either of these procedures.

l Pull up the cruise control switch andhold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the switch at the speed youwant.


Your vehicle has a tap-up feature thatallows you to increase your current speedin increments of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise controlswitch. Multiple taps will increase yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

l Accelerate to the desired speed.press down the cruise control switchand release it immediately.


Driving Your Mazda


5-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (174,1)

NOTE

Accelerate if you want to speed uptemporarily when the cruise control ison. Greater speed will not interfere withit or change the set speed.Take your foot off the accelerator toreturn to the set speed.

qTo Decrease Cruising Speed

Press down the cruise control switch andhold it. The vehicle will gradually slow.Release the switch at the speed you want.


Your vehicle has a tap-down feature thatallows you to decrease your current speedin decrements of 1.6 km/h (1 mph) by amomentary tap of the cruise controlswitch. Multiple taps will decrease yourvehicle speed 1.6 km/h (1 mph) for eachtap.

qTo Resume Cruising Speed atMore Than 30 km/h (19 mph)

If some other method besides the ON/OFF switch was used to cancel cruisingspeed and the system is still activated, themost recent set speed will automaticallyresume when the cruise control switchpulled up.If vehicle speed is below 30 km/h (19mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 30km/h (19 mph) and pull up the cruisecontrol switch.


qTo Cancel

To turn off the system, use one of thesemethods:

l Press the ON/OFF switch.

l Slightly depress the brake pedal.

l Depress the clutch pedal (Manualtransmission only).

5-22

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (175,1)

l Press the CANCEL button.

The system is off when the ignition is off.

NOTE

Cruise control will cancel at about 15km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed orbelow 30 km/h (19 mph).

Traction Control System(TCS)í

The Traction Control System (TCS)enhances traction and safety bycontrolling engine torque. When the TCSdetects driving wheel slippage, it lowersengine torque to prevent loss of traction.

This means that on a slick surface, theengine adjusts automatically to provideoptimum power to the drive wheelswithout causing them to spin and losetraction.

WARNINGDo not rely on the traction controlsystem as a substitute for safe driving:The traction control system (TCS)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and road contactbecause of water on the road surface).You can still have an accident.

Use snow tires or tire chains and driveat reduced speeds when roads arecovered with ice and/or snow:Driving without proper tractiondevices on snow and/or ice-coveredroads is dangerous. The tractioncontrol system (TCS) alone cannotprovide adequate traction and youcould still have an accident.

NOTE

To turn off the TCS, press the DSCOFF switch (page 5-26).

Driving Your Mazda


5-23íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (176,1)

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position. If the TCS or DSC isoperating, the indicator light flashes.

If the light stays on, the TCS or DSC mayhave a malfunction and they may notoperate correctly. Take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

l In addition to the indicator lightflashing, a slight lugging sound willcome from the engine. This indicatesthat the TCS is operating properly.

l On slippery surfaces, such as freshsnow, it will be impossible toachieve high rpm when the TCS ison.

Dynamic Stability Control(DSC)í

The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)automatically controls braking and enginetorque in conjunction with systems suchas ABS and TCS to help control side slipwhen driving on slippery surfaces, orduring sudden or evasive maneuvering,enhancing vehicle safety.

Refer to ABS (page 5-7) and TCS (page5-23).

WARNINGDo not rely on the dynamic stabilitycontrol as a substitute for safe driving:The dynamic stability control (DSC)cannot compensate for unsafe andreckless driving, excessive speed,tailgating (following another vehicletoo closely), and hydroplaning(reduced tire friction and road contactbecause of water on the road surface).You can still have an accident.

5-24

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (177,1)

CAUTIONl The DSC may not operate correctlyunless the following are observed:

l Use tires of the correct sizespecified for your Mazda on allfour wheels.

l Use tires of the samemanufacturer, brand and treadpattern on all four wheels.

l Do not mix worn tires.

l The DSC may not operate correctlywhen tire chains are used or atemporary spare tire is installedbecause the tire diameter changes.

l If repair or replacement of thesteering or other surroundingequipment is necessary, have it doneat an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Ifthe center position of the steeringdeviates, the DSC may not operatecorrectly because there is a sensor inthe steering which detects drivingconditions.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Light



qDSC OFF Indicator Light

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also comes on when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-26).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

Driving Your Mazda


5-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (178,1)

NOTE

If the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. Inthis case, the DSC OFF indicator lightflashes and the TCS/DSC indicator lightilluminates.To make the DSC operable, do thefollowing procedure with the batteryconnected.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,then turn it counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicatorgoes off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ONposition again.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicatorlight goes off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and theDSC OFF indicator light remainilluminated even after turning theignition switch to the ON position,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qDSC OFF Switch

Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off theTCS/DSC. The DSC OFF indicator lightwill illuminate.

Press the switch again to turn the TCS/DSC back on. The DSC OFF indicatorlight will go out.

NOTE

l When DSC is on and you attempt tofree the vehicle when it is stuck, ordrive it out of freshly fallen snow,the TCS (part of the DSC system)will activate. Depressing theaccelerator will not increase enginepower and freeing the vehicle maybe difficult.When this happens, turn off the TCS/DSC.

l If the TCS/DSC is off when theengine is turned off, it automaticallyactivates when the ignition switch isturned on.

l Leaving the TCS/DSC on willprovide the best stability. When theTCS/DSC is off, the TCS/DSC doesnot activate but the brake LSD(Limited Slip Differentials) functionremains.

5-26

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (179,1)

NOTE

l If the DSC OFF switch is pressedand held for a second or more, theTCS/DSC system may becomeinoperative due to the systemdetecting switch trouble. If the TCS/DSC system becomes inoperative,the TCS/DSC and the DSC OFFindicator lights illuminatesimultaneously. In this case, turn offthe engine and restart it to restore theTCS/DSC.

Tire Pressure MonitoringSystemí

The tire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) monitors the pressure for eachtire.If tire pressure is too low in one or moretires, the system will inform the driver viathe warning light in the instrument paneland by the warning beep sound.

The tire pressure sensors installed on eachwheel send tire pressure data by radiosignal to the receiver unit in the vehicle.

Tire pressure sensors

NOTE

When the ambient temperature is lowdue to seasonal changes, tiretemperatures are also lower. If the tiretemperature lowers, the air pressurelowers as well, and the TPMS warninglight illuminates more frequently.Inspect the tire pressure daily beforedriving, and check the tire pressuresmonthly with a tire pressure gauge.When checking the tire pressures, useof a digital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Driving Your Mazda


5-27íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (180,1)

TPMS does not alleviate your need tocheck the pressure and condition of allfour tires before you drive each day.

CAUTIONl Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

CAUTIONl To avoid false readings, the systemsamples for a little while beforeindicating a problem. As a result itwill not instantaneously register arapid tire deflation or blow out.

NOTE

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) Thisdevice may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

qTire Pressure Monitoring SystemWarning Light

This warning light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

Thereafter, the warning light illuminateswhen tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires, and flashes when there is asystem malfunction.

5-28

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (181,1)

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous to drivethe vehicle at high speeds, or performsudden maneuvering or braking.Vehicle drivability could worsen andresult in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added and thesystem monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS WarningLight:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serious situationthat could lead to tire failure and adangerous accident.

Warning light illuminates/Warningbeep sounds

When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work done byan Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may be damaged.

NOTE

l Perform tire pressure adjustmentwhen the tires are cold. Tire pressurewill vary according to the tiretemperature, therefore let the vehiclestand for 1 hour or only drive it1.6 km (1 mile) or less beforeadjusting the tire pressures. Whenpressure is adjusted on hot tires tothe cold inflation pressure, the TPMSwarning light/beep may turn on afterthe tires cool and pressure dropsbelow specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warninglight, resulting from the tire airpressure dropping due to coldambient temperature, may go out ifthe ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary toadjust the tire air pressures. If theTPMS warning light illuminates dueto a drop in tire air pressure, makesure to check and adjust the tire airpressures.

Driving Your Mazda


5-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (182,1)

NOTE

l After adjusting the tire air pressures,it may require some time for theTPMS warning light to go out. If theTPMS warning light remainsilluminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)for 10 minutes, and then verify that itgoes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quitenaturally over time and the TPMScannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat.However, when you find one low tirein a set of four - that is an indicationof trouble; you should have someonedrive the vehicle slowly forward soyou can inspect any low tire for cutsand any metal sticking through treador sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need tobe addressed by more than simplyrefilling the trouble tire as leaks aredangerous - take it to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMSsystems and order the bestreplacement tire for your vehicle.

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qFlat Tire Warning Light



If the tire pressures decrease extremelyafter the TPMS warning light hasilluminated, or if a tire is punctured, theflat tire warning light also illuminates, anda beep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

qSystem Error Activation

When the TPMS warning light flashes,there may be a system malfunction.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.A system error activation may occur inthe following cases:

l When there is equipment or a devicenear the vehicle using the same radiofrequency as that of the tire pressuresensors.

l When a metallic device such as a non-genuine navigation system is equippednear the center of the dashboard, whichmay block radio signals from the tirepressure sensor to the receiver unit.

5-30

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (183,1)

l When using the following devices inthe vehicle that may cause radiointerference with the receiver unit.

l A digital device such as a personalcomputer.

l A current converter device such as aDC-AC converter.

l When excess snow or ice adheres tothe vehicle, especially around thewheels.

l When the tire pressure sensor batteriesare exhausted.

l When using a wheel with no tirepressure sensor installed.

l When using tires with steel wirereinforcement in the side walls.

l When using tire chains.

qTires and Wheels

CAUTIONWhen inspecting or adjusting the tire airpressures, do not apply excessive forceto the stem part of the wheel unit. Thestem part could be damaged.

Changing tires and wheels

The following procedure allows theTPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor'sunique ID signal code whenever tires orwheels are changed, such as changing toand from winter tires.

NOTE

Each tire pressure sensor has a uniqueID signal code. The signal code must beregistered with the TPMS before it canwork. The easiest way to do it is to havean Authorized Mazda Dealer changeyour tire and complete ID signal coderegistration.

When having tires changed at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer

Tire pressure sensor ID signal coderegistration is completed when anAuthorized Mazda Dealer changes yourvehicle's tires.

When changing tires yourself

If you or someone else changes tires, youor someone else can also undertake thesteps for the TPMS to complete the IDsignal code registration.

1. After tires have been changed, turn theignition switch to the ON position, thenturn it back to the ACC or LOCKposition.

2. Wait for about 15 minutes.

3. After about 15 minutes, drive thevehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tirepressure sensor ID signal code will beregistered automatically.

Driving Your Mazda


5-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (184,1)

NOTE

If the vehicle is driven within about 15minutes of changing tires, the tirepressure monitoring system warninglight will flash because the sensor IDsignal code would not have beenregistered. If this happens, park thevehicle for about 15 minutes, afterwhich the sensor ID signal code willregister upon driving the vehicle for 10minutes.

Replacing tires and wheels

CAUTIONl When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer, orthe tire pressure sensors may bedamaged.

l The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installationof the tire pressure sensors. Do notuse non-genuine wheels, otherwise itmay not be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

Be sure to have the tire pressure sensorsinstalled whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.When having a tire or wheel or bothreplaced, the following types of tirepressure sensor installations are possible.

l The tire pressure sensor is removedfrom the old wheel and installed to thenew one.

l The same tire pressure sensor is usedwith the same wheel. Only the tire isreplaced.

l A new tire pressure sensor is installedto a new wheel.

NOTE

l The tire pressure sensor ID signalcode must be registered when a newtire pressure sensor is purchased. Forpurchase of a tire pressure sensor andregistration of the tire pressuresensor ID signal code, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l When reinstalling a previouslyremoved tire pressure sensor to awheel, replace the grommet Whenreinstalling a previously removed tirepressure sensor to a wheel, replacethe grommet (seal between valvebody/sensor and wheel) for the tirepressure sensor. for the tire pressuresensor.

5-32

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (185,1)

Meters and Gauges

Speedometer ...................................................................................................... page 5-34Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector .................................................. page 5-34Tachometer ........................................................................................................ page 5-35Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .................................................................. page 5-35Fuel Gauge ........................................................................................................ page 5-36Dashboard Illumination ..................................................................................... page 5-37Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ................................................................................ page 5-36

Driving Your Mazda

Instrument Cluster and Indicators

5-33


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (186,1)

qSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates the speed ofthe vehicle.

qOdometer, Trip Meter and TripMeter Selector

The display mode can be changedbetween trip meter A and trip meter B bypressing the selector while one of them isdisplayed. The selected mode will bedisplayed.

Trip meter

Odometer

Selector

Trip meter B

Press the selector

Press the selector

Trip meter A

Odometer

Odometer

NOTE

The odometer and trip meter can bedisplayed as follows even when theignition switch is in the ACC or LOCKposition.

l Displays for 10 minutes after theignition switch is turned to the ACCor LOCK position from the ONposition.

l Displays for 10 minutes after thedriver's door is opened.

Odometer

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

5-34

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (187,1)

Trip meter

The trip meter can record the totaldistance of two trips. One is recorded intrip meter A, and the other is recorded intrip meter B.

For instance, trip meter A can record thedistance from the point of origin, and tripmeter B can record the distance fromwhere the fuel tank is filled.

When trip meter A is selected, pressingthe selector again within one second willchange to trip meter B mode.

When trip meter A is selected, TRIPAwill be displayed. When trip meter B isselected, TRIP B will be displayed.

The trip meter records the total distancethe vehicle is driven until the meter isagain reset. Return it to “0.0” by holdingthe selector depressed for more than 1second. Use this meter to measure tripdistances and to compute fuelconsumption.

NOTE

l Only the trip meters record tenths ofkilometers (miles).

l The trip record will be erased when:

l The power supply is interrupted(blown fuse or the battery isdisconnected).

l The vehicle is driven over999.9 km (mile).

qTachometer

The tachometer shows engine speed inthousands of revolutions per minute(rpm).

Red zone

CAUTIONDon't run the engine with thetachometer needle in the RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine damage.

qEngine Coolant Temperature Gauge

The engine coolant temperature gaugeshows the temperature of the enginecoolant.

If the needle is near H, it indicatesoverheating.

Driving Your Mazda


5-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (188,1)

CAUTIONDriving with an overheated engine cancause serious engine damage (page7-19).

qFuel Gauge

The fuel gauge shows approximately howmuch fuel is in the tank. We recommendkeeping the tank over 1/4 full. When thelow fuel warning light illuminates orwhen the needle is near E, refuel as soonas possible.

Low fuel warning light

NOTE

The direction of the arrow ( ) shownthat the fuel-filler lid is on the left sideof the vehicle.

qEngine Oil Pressure Gauge

Normal range

Engine oil pressure is normal when theengine oil pressure gauge needle pointswithin the normal range.

If the needle on the gauge doesn't moveafter starting the engine, follow steps 1through 3.

If the engine oil pressure gauge moves toL (low) while you are driving, drive to theside of the road and park off the right-of-way. Set the parking brake. Then followsteps 1 through 3.

1. Turn off the engine and inspect theengine oil level (page 8-22). If it's low,add oil.

2. Start the engine.

3. If the needle still doesn't move, haveyour vehicle checked at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

CAUTIONDon't run the engine if the oil pressureis low. It could result in extensiveengine damage.

5-36

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (189,1)

qDashboard Illumination

When the exterior lights are on, rotate theknob to adjust the brightness of thedashboard lights.

Dim

Bright

Driving Your Mazda


5-37


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (190,1)

Warning/Indicator Lights

Warning/Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Brake System Warning Light 5-40

Charging System Warning Light 5-41

Check Engine Light 5-42

ABS Warning Light 5-40

Air Bag/Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5-42

Low Fuel Warning Light 5-43

Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep 5-43

5-38

Driving Your Mazda

Warning/Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (191,1)

Signal Warning/Indicator Lights Page

Door-Ajar Warning Light 5-44

Automatic Transmission Warning Light 5-44

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5-45

Flat Tire Warning Light 5-47

KEY Warning Light (Red)/KEY Indicator Light (Green) 5-47

Security Indicator Light 5-48

Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light 5-49

Shift Position Indicator Light 5-49

TCS/DSC Indicator Light 5-49

DSC OFF Indicator Light 5-49

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)/Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green) 5-50

Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5-50

Driving Your Mazda


5-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (192,1)

qBrake System Warning Light

This warning has the following functions:

Parking brake warning

The light comes on when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switchin the START or ON position. It goes offwhen the parking brake is fully released.

Low brake fluid level warning

If the light stays on after the parking brakeis fully released, you may have a brakeproblem.

Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way.

You may notice that the pedal is harder topush or that it may go closer to the floor.In either case, it will take longer to stopthe vehicle.

1. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required (page 8-25).

2. After adding fluid, check the lightagain.

If the warning light remains on, or if thebrakes do not operate properly, do notdrive the vehicle. Have it towed to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Even if the light goes out have your brakesystem inspected as soon as possible byan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

Having to add brake fluid is sometimesan indicator of leakage. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible even if the brake light is nolonger illuminated.

WARNINGDo not drive with the brake systemwarning light illuminated. Contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thebrakes inspected as soon as possible:Driving with the brake system warninglight illuminated is dangerous. Itindicates that your brakes may notwork at all or that they couldcompletely fail at any time. If this lightremains illuminated, after checkingthat the parking brake is fullyreleased, have the brakes inspectedimmediately.

qABS Warning Lightí

The warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.

5-40

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (193,1)

If the ABS warning light stays on whileyou're driving, the ABS control unit hasdetected a system malfunction. If thisoccurs, your brakes will function normallyas if the vehicle had no ABS.Should this happen, consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

NOTE

When the engine is jump-started tocharge the battery, uneven rpm occursand the ABS warning light comes on.This is due to a weak battery, not amalfunction.Recharge the battery.

qElectronic Brake ForceDistribution System Warningí

If the electronic brake force distributioncontrol unit determines that somecomponents are operating incorrectly, thecontrol unit may turn the brake systemwarning light and the ABS warning lighton at the same time. The problem is likelyto be an electronic brake force distributionsystem.

WARNINGDo not drive with both the ABSwarning light and brake warning lightilluminated. Have the vehicle towed toan Authorized Mazda Dealer to havethe brakes inspected as soon aspossible:Driving when the brake systemwarning light and ABS warning lightare illuminated at the same time isdangerous.When both lights are illuminated, therear wheels could lock more quickly inan emergency stop than under normalcircumstances.

qCharging System Warning Light

This warning light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and turns off when the engine isstarted.

If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, it indicates a malfunction of thealternator or of the charging system.Drive to the side of the road and park offthe right-of-way. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Driving Your Mazda


5-41íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (194,1)

CAUTIONDon't continue driving when thecharging system warning light isilluminated because the engine couldstop unexpectedly.

qCheck Engine Light

This indicator light illuminates when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition and goes off when the engine isstarted.

If this light comes on while driving, thevehicle may have a problem. It isimportant to note the driving conditionswhen the light came on and consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

The check engine light may come on inthe following cases:

l The fuel tank level being very low orapproaching empty.

l The engine's electrical system has aproblem.

l The emission control system has aproblem.

l The fuel-filler cap is missing or nottightened securely.

If the check engine light remains on orflashes continuously, do not drive at highspeeds and consult an Authorized MazdaDealer as soon as possible.





5-42

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (195,1)

qLow Fuel Warning Light

Low fuel warning light

This warning light signals that the fueltank will soon be empty.Refuel as soon as possible.

qSeat Belt Warning Light/Beep

The seat belt warning light illuminatesand a beep sound will be heard if thedriver's seat belt is not fastened when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition.

Conditions of operation

Condition Result

The driver's seat belt is notfastened when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning lightflashes and a beepsound will be heardfor about 6 seconds.

The driver's seat belt isfastened while the warninglight and the beep sound areactivated.

The warning lightturns off and the beepsound stops.

The driver's seat belt isfastened before the ignitionswitch is turned to the ONposition.

The warning light willnot illuminate and thebeep sound will not beheard.

Belt minder

NOTE

The belt minder can be deactivated.Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer todeactivate and restore the seat beltminder.

Driver seated/Passenger not seatedThe belt minder is a supplementalwarning to the seat belt warning function.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the warning light/beepoperates to give you further remindersaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt

Indicator

Beep



Driving Your Mazda


5-43


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (196,1)

Driver seated/Passenger seatedThe seat belt warning light/beep remindsthe passenger to fasten the seat beltaccording to the chart below.

Condition

Vehicle speed

Between 0― 20km/h

(0 ― 12 mph)

20 km/h(12 mph) or

more

Seat belt(Driver)

Seat belt(Passenger)

Indicator

Beep



NOTE

l To allow the passenger seat weightsensor to function properly, do notplace and sit on an additional seatcushion on the passenger seat. Thesensor may not function properlybecause the additional seat cushioncould cause sensor interference.

l Placing packages, luggage, pets orother items on the passenger seatmay cause the passenger belt minderwarning light and beep to operatedepending on the weight of the item.

qDoor-Ajar Warning Light

This warning light comes on when anydoor isn't securely closed.

qAutomatic Transmission WarningLight

This warning light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.The light illuminates when thetransmission has a problem.

CAUTIONIf the automatic transmission warninglight illuminates, the transmission hasan electrical problem. Continuing todrive your Mazda in this conditioncould cause damage to yourtransmission. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

5-44

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (197,1)

qTire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) Warning Lightí


Thereafter, the warning light illuminateswhen tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires, and flashes when there is asystem malfunction.

WARNINGIf the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, decrease vehicle speedimmediately and avoid suddenmaneuvering and braking:If the tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light illuminates or flashes,or the tire pressure warning beepsound is heard, it is dangerous to drivethe vehicle at high speeds, or performsudden maneuvering or braking.Vehicle drivability could worsen andresult in an accident.To determine if you have a slow leakor a flat, pull over to a safe positionwhere you can check the visualcondition of the tire and determine ifyou have enough air to proceed to aplace where air may be added and thesystem monitored again, anAuthorized Mazda Dealer or a tirerepair station.

Do not ignore the TPMS WarningLight:Ignoring the TPMS warning light isdangerous, even if you know why it isilluminated. Have the problem takencare of as soon as possible before itdevelops into a more serious situationthat could lead to tire failure and adangerous accident.


When the warning light illuminates, andthe warning beep sound is heard (about 3seconds), tire pressure is too low in one ormore tires.

Driving Your Mazda


5-45íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (198,1)

Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tirepressure. Refer to the specification charts(page 10-6).

CAUTIONWhen replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work done byan Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may be damaged.

NOTE

l Perform tire pressure adjustmentwhen the tires are cold. Tire pressurewill vary according to the tiretemperature, therefore let the vehiclestand for 1 hour or only drive it1.6 km (1 mile) or less beforeadjusting the tire pressures. Whenpressure is adjusted on hot tires tothe cold inflation pressure, the TPMSwarning light/beep may turn on afterthe tires cool and pressure dropsbelow specification.Also, an illuminated TPMS warninglight, resulting from the tire airpressure dropping due to coldambient temperature, may go out ifthe ambient temperature rises. In thiscase, it will also be necessary toadjust the tire air pressures. If theTPMS warning light illuminates dueto a drop in tire air pressure, makesure to check and adjust the tire airpressures.

NOTE

l After adjusting the tire air pressures,it may require some time for theTPMS warning light to go out. If theTPMS warning light remainsilluminated, drive the vehicle at aspeed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph)for 10 minutes, and then verify that itgoes out.

l Tires can loose a little air quitenaturally over time and the TPMScannot tell if the tires are getting toosoft over time or you have a flat.However, when you find one low tirein a set of four - that is an indicationof trouble; you should have someonedrive the vehicle slowly forward soyou can inspect any low tire for cutsand any metal sticking through treador sidewall. Put a few drops of waterin the valve stem to see if it bubblesindicating a bad valve. Leaks need tobe addressed by more than simplyrefilling the trouble tire as leaks aredangerous - take it to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer which has all theequipment to fix tires, TPMSsystems and order the bestreplacement tire for your vehicle.

If the warning light illuminates again evenafter the tire pressures are adjusted, theremay be a tire puncture.

Warning light flashes

When the warning light flashes, there maybe a system malfunction. Consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

5-46

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (199,1)

qFlat Tire Warning Lightí



If the tire pressures decrease extremelyafter the TPMS warning light hasilluminated, or if a tire is punctured, theflat tire warning light also illuminates, anda beep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Vehicle with run-flat tires onpage 7-3.

qKEY Warning Light (Red)/KEYIndicator Light (Green) (withAdvanced Key)

This indicator has two colors.

KEY Warning Light (Red)

When illuminated

l When the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, it illuminatesmomentarily and then goes out.

l If any malfunction occurs in theadvanced keyless system, it illuminatescontinuously.

WARNINGDo not drive the vehicle with the KEYwarning light illuminated:If the KEY warning light remainsilluminated, do not continue to driveusing the advanced key system. Parkthe vehicle in a safe place and use theauxiliary key to continue driving thevehicle. Have the vehicle inspected atan Authorized Mazda Dealer as soonas possible.

When flashing

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) flashes toinform the driver that the start knobwill not rotate to the ACC positioneven if it is pushed in from the LOCKposition.

l The advanced key battery is dead.l The advanced key is not within

operational range.l The advanced key is placed in areas

where it is difficult for the system todetect the signal (page 3-7).


Driving Your Mazda


5-47íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (200,1)

l Under the following conditions, theKEY warning light (red) will flashcontinuously when the start knob hasnot been returned to the LOCKposition to notify the driver that theadvanced key has been removed fromthe vehicle. It will stop flashing whenthe advanced key is back inside thevehicle.

l The start knob has not been returnedto the LOCK position, the driver'sdoor is open, and the advanced keyis removed from the vehicle.

l The start knob has not been returnedto the LOCK position and all thedoors are closed after removing theadvanced key from the vehicle.

NOTE

The flashing KEY warning light (red)and the beep sound operatesimultaneously (page 3-21).

KEY Indicator Light (Green)

When illuminated

When the start knob is pushed in from theLOCK position, the system confirms thatthe correct advanced key is inside thevehicle, the KEY indicator light (green)illuminates, and the start knob can beturned to the ACC position (page 3-10).

When flashing

When the advanced key battery power islow, the KEY indicator light flashes for 30seconds after the start knob is turned fromthe ON position to the ACC or LOCKposition. Replace with a new batterybefore the advanced key becomesunusable (page 3-6).

NOTE

The advanced key can be set so that theKEY indicator light (green) does notflash even if the battery power is low.Refer to Setting Change (FunctionCustomization)(page 3-20).

qSecurity Indicator Light

This indicator light starts flashing every 2seconds when the ignition switch is turnedfrom the ON to the ACC position and theimmobilizer system is armed.

The light stops flashing when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position withthe correct ignition key.At this time, the immobilizer system isdisarmed and the light illuminates forabout 3 seconds and then goes out.


5-48

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (201,1)

qHeadlight High-Beam IndicatorLight

This light indicates one of two things:

l The high-beam headlights are on.

l The turn signal lever is in the flash-to-pass position.

qShift Position Indicator Light(Automatic Transmission)

This indicates the selected shift positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.



When the shift lever is in the D or Mposition, the numeral for the selected geardisplays.

qTCS/DSC Indicator Lightí



qDSC OFF Indicator Lightí

This indicator light stays on for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.It also comes on when the DSC OFFswitch is pressed and TCS/DSC isswitched off (page 5-26).

If the light stays on when the TCS/DSC isnot switched off, take your vehicle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer. The dynamicstability control may have a malfunction.

Driving Your Mazda


5-49íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (202,1)

NOTE

If the battery is disconnected or a fuse isreplaced, the DSC will be inoperable. Inthis case, the DSC OFF indicator lightflashes and the TCS/DSC indicator lightilluminates.To make the DSC operable, do thefollowing procedure with the batteryconnected.

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. Turn the steering clockwise fully,then turn it counterclockwise fully.

3. Make sure the DSC OFF indicatorgoes off.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the OFFposition, then turn it to the ONposition again.

5. Make sure the TCS/DSC indicatorlight goes off.

If the TCS/DSC indicator light and theDSC OFF indicator light remainilluminated even after turning theignition switch to the ON position,consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qCruise Main Indicator Light(Amber)/Cruise Set IndicatorLight (Green)í

The indicator light has two colors.

Cruise Main Indicator Light (Amber)

The indicator light illuminates amberwhen the ON/OFF switch is pressed andthe cruise control system is activated.

Cruise Set Indicator Light (Green)

The indicator light illuminates green whena cruising speed has been set.

qTurn-Signal/Hazard WarningIndicator Lights

When operating the turn signal lights, theleft or right turn signal indicator lightflashes to indicate which turn signal lightis operating (page 5-54).

When operating the hazard warninglights, both turn signal indicator lightsflash (page 5-57).

NOTE

If an indicator light remains illuminated(does not flash) or if it flashesabnormally, one of the turn signal bulbsmay be burned out.

5-50

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (203,1)

Beep Sounds

qSeat Belt Warning Beep

If the driver's seat belt is not fastened andthe vehicle is driven at a speed faster thanabout 20 km/h (12 mph), a beep soundwill be heard for a specified period oftime.Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light/Beep onpage 5-43.

qIgnition Key Reminder

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK orACC position with the key inserted, acontinuous beep sound will be heardwhen the driver's door is opened.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTE

When the advanced keyless function isused and the start knob is in the ACCposition, the “Start Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep” (page 3-18) overridesthe lights-on reminder.

qTire Inflation Pressure WarningBeepí

The warning beep sound will be heard forabout 3 seconds if the tire pressuresdecrease.If the tire pressure decreases extremely, abeep sound will be heard forapproximately 30 seconds.Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemon page 5-27.

qAdvanced Keyless Warning (withAdvanced Key)

Warning indicators for the advanced key,such as “the advanced key removed fromvehicle warning”, use a beep sound andwarning/indicator lights in the instrumentcluster.Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds onpage 3-18.

Driving Your Mazda


5-51íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (204,1)

Lighting Control

qHeadlights

To turn on the lights, turn the headlightswitch on the end of the control lever.

Switch Position

Headlights Off Off On

TaillightsParking lightsLicense lightsSide-marker lightsDashboardillumination

Off On On

NOTE

To prevent discharging the battery, don'tleave the lights on while the engine isoff unless safety requires them.

Xenon fusion headlight bulbs í

The low-beam bulbs of the headlightshave xenon fusion bulbs that produce abright white beam over a wide area.

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacement isnecessary.

NOTE

If the headlights flicker, or thebrightness weakens, the bulb-life maybe depleted and a replacement isnecessary. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

qLights-On Reminder

If lights are on and the key is removedfrom the ignition switch, a continuousbeep sound will be heard when thedriver's door is opened.

NOTE

When the advanced keyless function isused and the start knob is in the ACCposition, the “Start Knob Not in LOCKWarning Beep” (page 3-18) overridesthe lights-on reminder.

5-52

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.

Switches and Controls


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (205,1)

qHeadlight High-Low Beam

Push the lever forward for high beam.Pull back to original position for lowbeam.

High beam

Low beam

qFlashing the Headlights

To flash the headlights, pull the lever fullytoward you. The headlight switch doesnot need to be on, and the lever will returnto the normal position when released.

qDaytime Running Lights (Canada)

In Canada, vehicles must be driven withthe headlights on during daytimeoperation.

For that reason, the daytime running lightsautomatically turn on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position.

NOTE

The Daytime Running Lights turn offwhen the parking brake is applied.

Driving Your Mazda


5-53


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (206,1)

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

qTurn Signal

Move the signal lever down (for a leftturn) or up (for a right turn) to the stopposition. The signal will self-cancel afterthe turn is completed.

If the indicator light continues to flashafter a turn, manually return the lever toits original position.

Right turn

Left turn

OFF

Right lane change

Left lane change

Green indicators on the dashboard showwhich signal is working.

Lane-change signals

Move the lever slightly toward thedirection of the change ―until theindicator flashes― and hold it there. Itwill return to the off position whenreleased.

NOTE

If an indicator light stays on withoutflashing or if it flashes abnormally, oneof the turn signal bulbs may be burnedout.

Fog Lightsí

Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.They help you to see as well as to be seen.

To turn the front fog lights on, rotate thefog light switch to the position.The headlight switch must be in theposition to turn on the front fog lights.

Fog light switch

To turn them off, rotate the fog lightswitch to the OFF position or turn theheadlight switch to the or OFFposition.

NOTE

The fog lights will turn off when theheadlights are set at high beam.

5-54

Driving Your Mazda

íSome models.



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (207,1)

Windshield Wipers andWasher

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty the windshield,affect your visibility, and could resultin an accident.

Do not use the washer without firstwarming the windshield and never useplain tap water:Using windshield washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection in freezingtemperatures is dangerous. Thewasher fluid could freeze on thewindshield and block your vision. Youcould have an accident.

NOTE

Because heavy ice and snow can jamthe wiper blades, the wiper motor isprotected from motor breakdown,overheating and possible fire by acircuit breaker. This mechanism willautomatically stop operation of theblades, but only for about 5 minutes.If this happens, turn off the wiperswitch and park off the right-of-way,and remove the snow and ice.After 5 minutes, turn on the switch andthe blades should operate normally. Ifthey don't resume functioning, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon aspossible. Drive to the side of the roadand park off the right-of-way. Wait untilthe weather clears before trying to drivewith the wipers inoperative.

qWindshield Wipers

Turn the wipers on by pulling the leverdown.MIST ― MistINT ― Intermittent1 ― Low speed2 ― High speed

For a single wiping cycle, push the leverup to MIST.

Driving Your Mazda


5-55


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (208,1)

qWindshield Washer

Pull the lever toward you and hold it tospray washer fluid.

OFF

Washer

NOTE

With the wiper lever in the OFF or INTposition, the wipers will operatecontinuously until the lever is released.

If the washer doesn't work, inspect thefluid level (page 8-26). If it's OK, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Rear Window DefrosterThe rear window defroster clears frost,fog, and thin ice from the rear window.

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition.

Press the switch to turn on the rearwindow defroster, the indicator light willilluminate.

Press the switch again to turn it off.

Indicator light

CAUTIONDon't use sharp instruments or windowcleaners with abrasives to clean theinside of the rear window surface. Theymay damage the defroster grid insidethe window.

NOTE

This defroster is not designed formelting snow. If there is anaccumulation of snow on the rearwindow, remove it before using thedefroster.

5-56

Driving Your Mazda



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (209,1)

HornTo sound the horn, press the mark onthe steering wheel.

Hazard Warning FlasherThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTE

l The turn signals don't work when thehazard warning lights are on.

l Check local regulations about the useof hazard warning lights while thevehicle is being towed. They mayforbid it.

Driving Your Mazda


5-57


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (210,1)

5-58


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (211,1)

6 Interior Comfort

Use of various features for drive comfort, including air-conditioning and audiosystem.

Climate Control System ............................................................... 6-2Operating Tips ........................................................................... 6-2Vent Operation .......................................................................... 6-3Control Panelí ......................................................................... 6-5

Audio System ............................................................................... 6-10Antenna ................................................................................... 6-10Operating Tips for Audio System ........................................... 6-10Audio Set ................................................................................ 6-21Audio Control Switch Operation (Steering Wheel)í ............. 6-40Safety Certification ................................................................. 6-42

Interior Equipment ..................................................................... 6-43Sunvisors ................................................................................. 6-43Interior Lights ......................................................................... 6-43Cup Holder .............................................................................. 6-44Bottle Holder ........................................................................... 6-45Storage Compartments ............................................................ 6-45Accessory Socket .................................................................... 6-47Windblocker ............................................................................ 6-48

6-1íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (212,1)

Operating Tips

qOperating the Climate ControlSystem

Operate the climate control system withthe engine running.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the fan controldial on for a long period of time withthe ignition switch in the ACC positionwhen the engine is not running.

qClearing the Air Inlet

Clear all obstructions like leaves, snowand ice from the hood and the air inlet inthe cowl grille to improve the systemefficiency.

qFoggy Windows

The windows may fog up easily in humidweather. Use the climate control system todefog the windows.

To help defog the windows, operate theair conditioner to dehumidify the air.

NOTE

The air conditioner may be used alongwith the heater to dehumidify the air.

qOutside/Recirculated Air Position

Use the outside air position in normalconditions. The recirculated air positionshould be used only when driving ondusty roads or for quick cooling of theinterior.

qParking in Direct Sunlight

If the vehicle has been parked in directsunlight during hot weather, open thewindows to let warm air escape, then runthe climate control system.

qNot Using for a Long Period

Run the air conditioner about 10 minutesat least once a month to keep internalparts lubricated.

qCheck the Refrigerant before theWeather Gets Hot

Have the air conditioner checked beforethe weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerantmay make the air conditioner lessefficient. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer for refrigerant inspection.

The air conditioner is filled withHFC134a (R134a), a refrigerant that willnot damage the ozone layer.If the air conditioner is low on refrigerantor has a malfunction, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

6-2

Interior Comfort

Climate Control System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (213,1)

Vent Operation

Button

qAdjusting the Vents

Directing airflow

You can direct air flow by rotating the vent.

Opening/closing vents

The two outside vents can be opened and closed with center button.

NOTE

When using the air conditioner, mist may come out from the vents. This is not a sign oftrouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled.

Interior Comfort


6-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (214,1)

qSelecting the Airflow Mode

You will feel more comfortable by using the OPEN MODE when opening the roof.

Dashboard Vents

Floor Vents

Defroster and Floor Vents

Defroster Vents

Dashboard Vents (OPEN MODE)

Dashboard and Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)

Floor Vents (OPEN MODE)

6-4

Interior Comfort



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (215,1)

Control Panelí

Mode selector dial Temperature control dial Fan control dial

Air intake selector A/C switch

qControl Switches

Temperature control dial

HotCold

This dial controls temperature. Turn itclockwise for hot and counterclockwisefor cold.

Fan control dial

Slow Fast

Turn the dial to adjust to the desired fanspeed.Turning the dial clockwise increases thefan speed.Turning the dial counterclockwisedecreases the fan speed.

Interior Comfort


6-5íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (216,1)

Mode selector dial

Turn the mode selector dial to selectairflow mode (page 6-4).

NOTE

Turn the mode selector dial to an OPENMODE position for maximum comfortwhile the roof is open.

A/C switch

Push the A/C switch to turn the airconditioner on. The indicator light on theswitch will illuminate when the fancontrol dial is on.

Push the switch once again to turn the airconditioner off.

NOTE

The air conditioner may not functionwhen the outside temperatureapproaches 0 °C (32 °F).

Air intake selector

This switch controls the source of airentering the vehicle.

Press the switch to alternatebetween the outside air and recirculatedair modes.

It is recommended that under normalconditions the switch be kept in theoutside air mode.

Outside air mode (Indicator light is off)

Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Usethis mode for normal ventilation andheating.

Recirculated air mode (Indicator lightis on)

Outside air is shut off. Air within thevehicle is recirculated.

This mode can be used when driving on adusty road or in similar conditions. It alsohelps to provide quicker cooling of theinterior.

6-6

Interior Comfort



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (217,1)

WARNINGDo not use the recirculated air modein cold or rainy weather:Using the recirculated air mode incold or rainy weather is dangerous asit will cause the windows to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident.

qHeating

1. Set the mode selector dial to the orposition.

2. Set the temperature control dial to thehot position.

3. Set the fan control dial to the desiredspeed.

NOTE

l If the windshield fogs up easily, setthe mode selector dial to theposition.

l If cooler air is desired at face level,set the mode selector dial at theposition and adjust the temperaturecontrol dial to maintain maximumcomfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer thanair to the face (except when thetemperature control dial is set at theextreme hot or cold position).

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turnedon (however, the indicator light doesnot illuminate) and the outside airmode is automatically selected todefrost the windshield.In the or position, the outsideair mode cannot be changed to therecirculated air mode.

qCooling (With Air Conditioner)í


2. Set the temperature control dial to thecold position.


4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

5. Adjust the fan control dial andtemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

Interior Comfort


6-7íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (218,1)

CAUTIONWhen using the air conditioner whiledriving up long hills or in heavy traffic,closely monitor the temperature gauge(page 5-35).The air conditioner may cause engineoverheating. If the gauge indicatesoverheating, turn the air conditioner off(page 7-19).

NOTE

l When maximum cooling is desired,set the temperature control dial to theextreme cold position and set the airintake selector to the recirculated airmode, then turn the fan control dialfully clockwise.

l If warmer air is desired at floor level,set the mode selector dial at theor position and adjust thetemperature control dial to maintainmaximum comfort.

l The air to the floor is warmer thanair to the face (except when thetemperature control dial is set at theextreme hot or cold position).

qVentilation


2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.

3. Set the temperature control dial to thedesired position.


qWindshield Defrosting and Defogging

1. Set the mode selector dial to theposition.



WARNING

Do not defog the windshield using theposition with the temperature

control set to the cold position:Using the position with thetemperature control set to the coldposition is dangerous as it will causethe outside of the windshield to fog up.Your vision will be hampered, whichcould lead to a serious accident. Setthe temperature control to the hot orwarm position when using theposition.

6-8

Interior Comfort



Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (219,1)

NOTE

l For maximum defrosting, set thetemperature control dial to theextreme hot position and turn the fancontrol dial fully clockwise.

l If warm air is desired at the floor, setthe mode selector dial to theposition.

l In the , , or position, the airconditioner is automatically turnedon (however, the indicator light doesnot illuminate) and the outside airmode is automatically selected todefrost the windshield.In the or position, the outsideair mode cannot be changed to therecirculated air mode.

qDehumidifying (With AirConditioner)í

Operate the air conditioner in cool or coldweather to help defog the windshield andside windows.

1. Set the mode selector dial to thedesired position.

2. Set the air intake selector to the outsideair mode.



5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressingthe A/C switch.

NOTE

One of the functions of the airconditioner is dehumidifying the airand, to use this function, thetemperature does not have to be set tocold. Therefore, set the temperaturecontrol dial to the desired position (hotor cold) and turn on the air conditionerwhen you want to dehumidify the cabinair.

Interior Comfort


6-9íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (220,1)

Antenna

qDetachable Type

To remove the antenna, turn itcounterclockwise.To install the antenna, turn it clockwise.Make sure the antenna is securelyinstalled.

Remove

Install

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the antenna,remove it before entering a car washfacility or passing beneath a lowoverhead clearance.

NOTE

When leaving your vehicle unattended,we recommend that you remove theantenna and store it inside the vehicle.

Operating Tips for AudioSystem

WARNINGDo not adjust the audio controlswitches while driving the vehicle:Adjusting the audio while driving thevehicle is dangerous as it coulddistract your attention from the vehicleoperation which could lead to aserious accident. Always adjust theaudio while the vehicle is stopped.Even if the audio control switches areequipped on the steering wheel, learnto use the switches without lookingdown at them so that you can keepyour maximum attention on the roadwhile driving the vehicle.

CAUTIONFor the purposes of safe driving, adjustthe audio volume to a level that allowsyou to hear sounds outside of thevehicle.

NOTE

l Do not use the audio for long periodsof time while the engine is off.Otherwise the battery could go dead.

l If a cellular phone or CB radio isused in or near the vehicle, it couldcause noise to occur from the audiosystem, however, this does notindicate that the system has beendamaged.

6-10

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (221,1)

qRadio Reception

AM characteristics

AM signals bend around such things asbuildings or mountains and bounce off theionosphere. Therefore, they can reachlonger distances than FM signals. Becauseof this, two stations may sometimes bepicked up on the same frequency at thesame time.

Station 2Station 1

Ionosphere

FM characteristics

An FM broadcast range is usually about40―50 km (25―30 miles) from thesource. Because of extra coding needed tobreak the sound into two channels, stereoFM has even less range than monaural(non-stereo) FM.

FM Station

40—50km (25—30 miles)

Signals from an FM transmitter are similarto beams of light because they do notbend around corners, but they do reflect.Unlike AM signals, FM signals cannottravel beyond the horizon. Therefore, FMstations cannot be received at the greatdistances possible with AM reception.

AM waveFM wave

FM wave

100—200 km (60—120 miles)

Ionosphere

Atmospheric conditions can also affectFM reception. High humidity will causepoor reception. However, cloudy daysmay provide better reception than cleardays.

Multipath noise

Since FM signals can be reflected byobstructions, it is possible to receive boththe direct signal and the reflected signal atthe same time. This causes a slight delayin reception and may be heard as a brokensound or a distortion. This problem mayalso be encountered when in closeproximity to the transmitter.

Reflected waveDirect

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (222,1)

Flutter/Skip noise

Signals from an FM transmitter move instraight lines and become weak in valleysbetween tall buildings, mountains, andother obstacles. When a vehicle passesthrough such an area, the receptionconditions may change suddenly, resultingin annoying noise.

Weak signal noise

In suburban areas, broadcast signalsbecome weak because of distance fromthe transmitter. Reception in such fringeareas is characterized by sound breakup.

Strong signal noise

This occurs very close to a transmittertower. The broadcast signals areextremely strong, so the result is noise andsound breakup at the radio receiver.

Station drift noise

When a vehicle reaches the area of twostrong stations broadcasting at similarfrequencies, the original station may betemporarily lost and the second stationpicked up. At this time there will be somenoise from this disturbance.

Station 2 88.3 MHz

Station 1 88.1 MHz

6-12

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (223,1)

qOperating Tips for CD Player/In-Dash CD Changer

Condensation phenomenon

Immediately after turning on the heaterwhen the vehicle is cold, the CD oroptical components (prism and lens) in theCD player/In-dash CD changer maybecome clouded with condensation. Atthis time, the CD will eject immediatelywhen placed in the unit. A clouded CDcan be corrected simply by wiping it witha soft cloth. Clouded optical componentswill clear naturally in about an hour. Waitfor normal operation to return beforeattempting to use the unit.

Handling the CD player/In-dash CDchanger

The following precautions should beobserved.

l Do not spill any liquid on the audiosystem.

l Do not insert any objects, other thanCDs, into the slot.

l The CD revolves at high speed withinthe unit. Defective (cracked or badlybent) CDs should never be used.

l Do not use non-conventional discssuch as heart-shaped, octagonal discs,etc. The disc may not eject resulting ina malfunction.

l If the memory portion of the CD istransparent or translucent, do not usethe disc.

Transparent

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (224,1)

l A new CD may have rough edges onits inner and outer perimeters. If a discwith rough edges is used, propersetting will not be possible and the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer will notplay the CD. In addition, the disc maynot eject resulting in a malfunction.Remove the rough edges in advance byusing a ball-point pen or pencil asshown below. To remove the roughedges, rub the side of the pen or pencilagainst the inner and outer perimeter ofthe CD.

l When driving over uneven surfaces,the sound may jump.

l The CD player/In-dash CD changer hasbeen designed to play CDs bearing theidentification logo as shown. No otherdiscs can be played.

l Use discs that have been legitimatelyproduced. If illegally-copied discs suchas pirated discs are used, the systemmay not operate properly.

CD Player

In-dash CD changer

l Be sure never to touch the signalsurface when handling the CDs. Pickup a CD by grasping the outer edge orthe edge of the hole and the outer edge.

l Do not stick paper or tape on the CD.Avoid scratching the reverse side (theside without a label). The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

l Dust, finger smudges, and dirt candecrease the amount of light reflectedfrom the signal surface, thus affectingsound quality. If the CD shouldbecome soiled, gently wipe it with asoft cloth from the center of the CD tothe edge.

6-14

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (225,1)

l Do not use record sprays, antistaticagents, or household spray cleaners.Volatile chemicals such as benzine andthinner can also damage the surface ofthe CD and must not be used. Anythingthat can damage, warp, or fog plasticshould never be used to clean CDs.

l Insert discs one by one. If two discs areinserted at the same time, the systemmay not operate properly.

l CD TEXT textual information cannotbe displayed by audio units other thanthe In-dash CD changer. (Onlyplayback is possible.)

l The following player can play MP3files recorded in CD-ROM, CD-R, andCD-RW.

· In-dash CD changer

l The CD player/In-dash CD changerejects the CD if the CD is insertedupside down. Also dirty and/ordefective CDs may be ejected.

l An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theCD player.The In-dash CD changer is speciallymade for 12 cm (5 in) CDs.An 8 cm (3 in) CD can be played in theIn-dash CD changer if an 8 cm (3 in)CD adapter is used.If an 8 cm (3 in) CD adapter is notused, the In-dash CD changer may bedamaged. Always use a CD adapter.

l Do not insert cleaning discs in the CDplayer/In-dash CD changer.

l Do not insert any disc with a peel-offseal affixed to it.

Handling the In-dash CD changer

l This unit may not be able to playcertain CD-R/CD-RWs made using acomputer or music CD recorder due todisc characteristics, scratches,smudges, dirt, etc., or due to dust orcondensation on the lens inside theunit.

l Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed todirect sunlight or high temperature maydamage the CD-R/CD-RWs, and makethem unplayable.

l CD-R/CD-RWexceeding 700 MBcannot be played.

l This unit may not be able to playcertain discs made using a computerdue to the application (writingsoftware) setting used. (For details,consult the store where the applicationwas purchased.)

l It is possible that certain text data, suchas titles, recorded on a CD-R/CD-RWmay not be displayed when musicaldata (CD-DA) is playing.

l The period from when a CD-RW isinserted to when it begins playing islonger than a normal CD or CD-R.

l Completely read the instruction manualand cautions for CD-R/CD-RWs.

l Do not use discs with cellophane tapeadhering, partially peeled off labels, oradhesive material exuding from theedges of the CD label. Also, do not usediscs with a commercially-availableCD-R label affixed. The disc may noteject resulting in a malfunction.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (226,1)

qOperating tips for MP3

NOTE

Supply of this product only conveys alicense for private, non-commercial useand does not convey a license nor implyany right to use this product in anycommercial (i.e. revenue-generating)real time broadcasting (terrestrial,satellite, cable and/or any other media),broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,intranets and/or other networks or inother electronic content distributionsystems, such as pay-audio or audio-on-demand applications. An independentlicense for such use is required. Fordetails, please visit http://www.mp3licensing.com.

l This audio system handles MP3 filesthat have been recorded on CD-R/CD-RW/CD-ROMs. Discs that have beenrecorded using the following formatscan be played:

l ISO 9660 level 1l ISO 9660 level 2l Joliet extended formatl Romeo extended format

l This unit handles MP3 filesconforming to the MP3 formatcontaining both header frames and dataframes.

l This unit can play multi-sessionrecorded discs that have up to 99sessions.

l This unit can play MP3s with samplingfrequencies of 16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48kHz.

l This unit can play MP3 files that havebeen recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to320 kbps. Nonetheless, to insureenjoyment of music with consistentsound quality, it is recommended to usediscs that have been recorded at a bitrate of 128 kbps or more.

l If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how thedisc was recorded.

l Packet written discs cannot be playedon this unit.

l This unit does not play CDs recordedusing MP3i (MP3 interactive), MP3PRO and RIFF MP3 formats.

6-16

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (227,1)

About folders and files

l The order of hierarchy for MP3 filesand folders during playback or otherfunctions is from shallow to deep. Thearrangement and playing order of arecorded disc containing MP3 files isas follows:

l File numberA numerical file number is assignedto each file in a folder in the order ofhierarchy from shallow to deep.

l Folder numberA numerical folder number isassigned to each folder in the orderof hierarchy from shallow to deep.

05

06

0102

04

03

1

5

4

2

3

Folder No.

Level1 Level2 Level3 Level4

l The folder order is automaticallyassigned and this order cannot beoptionally set.

l Any folder without an MP3 file will beignored. (It will be skipped and thefolder number will not be displayed.)

l MP3 files not conforming to the MP3format containing both header framesand data frames will be skipped andnot played.

l This unit will play MP3 files that haveup to eight levels. However, the morelevels a disc has, the longer it will taketo initially start playing. It isrecommended to record discs with twolevels or less.

l A single disc with up to 999 files canbe played and a single folder with up to255 files can be played.

l When naming an MP3 file, be sure toadd an MP3 file extension (.mp3) afterthe file name.

l The maximum number of charactersthat can be used for file names is asfollows. However, this unit will onlydisplay up to 30 characters, includingthe file extension (.mp3).

Maximum number ofcharacters in a file name(including a separator “.”and the three letters of the

file extension)

ISO9660 level 1 12*

ISO9660 level 2 31*

Joliet extendedformat

64

Romeo extendedformat

128

* English one-byte characters (capitalized only) andunderbar “_” are available.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (228,1)

CAUTIONThis unit can only play MP3 files thathave an MP3 file extension (.mp3)attached. Do not attach an MP3 fileextension to any other type file as itcould cause noise to be emitted or amalfunction in the unit.

About ID3 Tag display

l This unit can only display ID3 Tagalbum, track and artist names that havebeen input using Ver1.0/1.1/2.2/2.3formats. Any other data that may havebeen input cannot be displayed.

l This unit can only display English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. Use only English (includingnumerals) one-byte characters wheninputting ID3 tags. Two-byte charactersand some special symbols cannot bedisplayed.

Specialized glossary

MP3

Abbreviation for “MPEG Audio Layer 3”.A technical standard for audiocompression as decided by an ISO(International Organization forStandardization) MPEG working group.Use of MP3 allows for audio data to becompressed to approximately a tenth ofthe source data size.

ISO 9660

An international standard for logicalformatting of CD-ROM files and folders.It is divided into three separate levelsbased on differences in file namingprocedures, data configuration and othercharacteristics.

Multi-session

A session is the complete amount of datarecorded from the beginning to the end ofa single period of CD-ROM, CD-R/CD-RW data recording. Multi-session refers tothe existence of data from two or moresessions on a single disc.

Sampling

Refers to the process of encoding analogaudio data at regular intervals andconverting it to digital data. The samplingrate refers to the number of times asample is taken in one second and isexpressed in Hz units. Increasing thesampling rate improves the sound qualitybut also increases the data size.

Bit rate

Refers to the volume of data per second,expressed in bps (bits per second).Generally, the larger the number of thetransfer bit rate when compressing anMP3 file, the more information regardingmusical reproduction it carries, andtherefore the better the sound quality.

Packet writing

A general term for the method, similar tothat used for floppy discs or hard drives,of recording the required file in a singleincrement on a CD-R and similar.

ID3 Tag

ID3 tag is a method for storinginformation related to the music in anMP3 file. Information such as track, artistand album name can be stored. Thiscontent can be freely edited using ID3editing function software.

6-18

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (229,1)

VBR

Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate. WhileCBR (Constant Bit Rate) is generallyused, VBR varies the bit rate for audiocompression according to compressionconditions and this allows forcompression with preference given tosound quality.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (230,1)

MEMO

6-20


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (231,1)

Audio Set

CD Player In-Dash CD Changer

Illustration is of a representative audio unit.

Power/Volume/Sound Controls .............................................................................. page 6-22Clock ...................................................................................................................... page 6-26Operating the Radio ............................................................................................... page 6-28Operating the Compact Disc (CD) Player .............................................................. page 6-32Operating the In-Dash CD Changer ....................................................................... page 6-34Error Indications ..................................................................................................... page 6-39

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (232,1)

qPower/Volume/Sound Controls

Power/Volume dial Audio control dial

Power ON/OFF

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC orON position.

Press the power/volume dial to turn theaudio system on.Press the power/volume dial again to turnthe audio system off.

NOTE

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the audiosystem on for a long period of timewhen the engine is not running.

Volume adjustment

To adjust the volume, turn the power/volume dial.

Turn the power/volume dial to the right toincrease volume, to the left to decrease it.

Audio sound adjustment

1. Press the audio control dial to select thefunction. The selected function will beindicated.

Standard audio-equipped model

*2

*2

*1

6-22

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (233,1)

*2

*2

Bose Sound System-equipped model

*1 If your vehicle is not equipped withrear speakers, adjust the power/volume dial so the level is even.

*2 Depending on the mode selected, theindication changes.

2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust theselected functions as follows:

Standard audio-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

Select mode

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble

Shift thesound to the

front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

Bose® Sound System-equipped model

Indication Turn Left Turn Right

OFF ON

Decreasebass

Increasebass

Decreasetreble

Increasetreble


front


rear


left


right

OFF ON

NOTE

About 5 seconds after selecting anymode, the volume function will beautomatically selected. To reset bass,treble, fade, and balance, press theaudio control dial for 2 seconds. Theunit will beep and “CLEAR” will bedisplayed.

Automatic Level Control (ALC)

(Standard audio-equipped model)

The automatic level control is a featurethat automatically adjusts audio volumeand sound quality according to the vehiclespeed.The volume increases in accordance withthe increase in vehicle speed, anddecreases as vehicle speed decreases.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-23


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (234,1)

The following seven modes are available.Select the desired mode according to use.

Mode UseVolumechange

ALC doesnot operate.

No change

Use whenthe roof isclosed.

Three levelsare

available.

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Use whenthe roof is

open.Three levels

areavailable.

Minimum

Medium

Maximum

Turn the audio control dial to select thedesired mode. The selected mode will beindicated.

*AudioPilotTM(Bose® Sound System-equipped model)

AudioPilot automatically adjusts audiovolume and sound quality in accordancewith the level of noise entering the vehicleinterior while driving. When AudioPilot isturned ON, the system automaticallycalculates the conditions for optimumhearing of sound which may be difficultto hear depending on exterior noise.

* AudioPilotTM is a registered trademarkof Bose Corporation.

BEEP setting

The beep-sound when operating the audiosystem can be set on or off.

6-24

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (235,1)

MEMO

6-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (236,1)

qClock

Hour/Minute set switch

Clock/Display switch 12/24-hour clock time switch

Display

Setting the time

The clock can be set at any time when theignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

1. To adjust the time, pull up the clock/display switch for about 2 seconds untila beep is heard.The clock's current time will flash.

NOTE

To select 12-hour clock time, pull upthe 12/24-hour clock time switch whilethe clock display is flashing. To select24-hour clock time, press down the12/24-hour clock time switch while theclock display is flashing. After selectingthe desired display, press the audiocontrol dial to return to the flashingclock display.

2. To advance the hours, pull up the hour/minute set switch. To advance theminutes, press down the hour/minuteset switch while the time is flashing.

3. Pull up the clock/display switch againto start the clock.

Exact hour adjustment

1. To set the exact hour, pull up the clock/display switch for about 2 seconds untila beep is heard.The clock's current time will flash.

2. Pull up the clock/display switch againand the time will be adjusted asfollows:(Example)12:01―12:29→12:0012:30―12:59→1:00

6-26

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (237,1)

NOTE

l When the clock/display switch isreleased, the seconds are reset to“00”.

l If the power supply to the unit isinterrupted (if the fuse blows or thevehicle's battery is disconnected), theclock will need to be reset.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (238,1)

qOperating the Radio

Band selector buttonSatellite button

Display Manual tuning dial

Seek tuning/APC switch

Electric serial number switch Scan/Auto memory switch

Channel preset switches

Radio ON

Press a band selector button ( ) toturn the radio on.

Band selection

Successively pressing the band selectorbutton ( ) switches the bands asfollows: FM1→FM2→AM.

The selected mode will be indicated. IfFM stereo is being received, “ST” will bedisplayed.

NOTE

If the FM broadcast signal becomesweak, reception automatically changesfrom STEREO to MONO for reducednoise, and the “ST” indicator will goout.

Tuning

The radio has the following tuningmethods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Presetchannel, and Auto memory tuning. Theeasiest way to tune stations is to set themon preset channels.

NOTE

If the power supply is interrupted (fuseblows or the battery is disconnected),the preset channels will be canceled.

Manual tuning

Turning the manual tuning dial willchange the frequency higher or lower.

6-28

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (239,1)

Seek tuning

Pulling up or pressing down the seektuning/APC switch will cause the tuner toseek a higher or lower frequencyautomatically.

NOTE

If you continue to, pull up or pressdown and hold the seek tuning/APCswitch the frequency will continuechanging without stopping.

Scan tuning

Pull up the scan/auto memory switch toautomatically sample strong stations.Scanning stops at each station for about 5seconds. To hold a station, pull up thescan/auto memory switch again duringthis interval.

Preset channel tuning

The 6 preset channels can be used to store6 AM and 12 FM stations.

1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,or FM2. Tune to the desired station.

2. Depress a channel preset button forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard. The preset channel number andstation frequency will be displayed.The station is now held in the memory.

3. Repeat this operation for the otherstations and bands you want to store.To tune one in the memory, select AM,FM1, or FM2 and then press itschannel preset button. The stationfrequency and the channel number willbe displayed.

NOTE

If the power supply is interrupted (fuseblows or the battery is disconnected),the preset channels will be canceled.

Auto memory tuning

This is especially useful when driving inan area where the local stations are notknown. Additional AM/FM stations canbe stored without disturbing thepreviously set channels.

Press down and hold the scan/automemory switch for about 2 seconds until abeep sound is heard; the system willautomatically scan and temporarily storeup to 6 stations with the strongestfrequencies in each selected band in thatarea.

After scanning is completed, the stationwith the strongest frequency will be tunedand its frequency displayed.Press down and release the scan/automemory switch to recall stations from theauto-stored stations. One stored stationwill be selected each time; its frequencyand channel number will be displayed.

NOTE

If no stations can be tuned afterscanning operations, “A” will bedisplayed.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (240,1)

SATELLITE RADIO (SAT)

Vehicles equipped with the separatelypurchased SIRIUS digital satellite radiounit have the ability to receive up to 100channels of digital quality programmingcoast to coast via satellite. For informationon use, read the Satellite Radio Kitmanual accompanying the SIRIUS digitalsatellite radio unit. A subscription toSIRIUS digital satellite radio service isrequired (available in the U.S. - ExceptAlaska and Hawaii) to enable this featureonce the separately purchased SIRIUSdigital satellite radio unit has beeninstalled. For subscription information ordigital satellite radio technical issuescontact SIRIUS directly at:

- Web: www.siriusradio.com- Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week): 888-539-SIRI (7474)- E-mail: [email protected] Mailing Address: Sirius Satellite Radio1221 Avenue Of The AmericasNew York, NY 10020Attention: Customer Care

Include your Sirius Radio ESN(Electronic Serial Number) whensubscribing or requesting technicalassistance. See the Satellite Radio Kitmanual accompanying the SIRIUS unitfor complete satellite radio activationprocedures and information on how todisplay the ESN#.

6-30

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (241,1)

MEMO

6-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (242,1)

qOperating the Compact Disc (CD) Playerí

Load buttonCD slot

Display CD play button CD eject button

Track up/down switch Repeat button

Random button

Scan/Auto memory switch

Fast-forward/Reverse switch

Inserting the CD

Insert the CD into the slot, label-side up.The auto-loading mechanism will set theCD and begin play. There will be a shortlapse before play begins while the playerreads the digital signals on the CD.

Playing

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

NOTE

When the load button ( ) is pressed,the CD will load and play even if theCD eject button ( ) had beenpreviously pressed.

Ejecting the CD

Press the CD eject button ( ) to eject theCD.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Pull up and hold the fast-forward/reverseswitch to advance through a track at highspeed.Press down and hold the fast-forward/reverse switch to reverse through a trackat high speed.

Track search

Pull up the track up/down switch once toskip forward to the beginning of the nexttrack.Press down the track up/down switchonce to skip back to the beginning of thecurrent track.

6-32

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (243,1)

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Pull up the scan/auto memory switchduring play to start scan play operation(the track number will flash).Pull up the scan/auto memory switch onceagain to cancel scan play.

NOTE

If the unit is left in scan, normal playwill resume where scan was selected.

Repeat play

This feature makes it possible to listen toa selection repeatedly.

Press the repeat button ( ) during play.The current selection will be repeated(“RPT” will be displayed).Press the repeat button ( ) once againto cancel repeat play.

Random play

This feature allows the CD player torandomly select the order of the songs.

Press the random button ( ) duringplay. The next selection will be randomlyselected (“RDM” will be displayed).Press the random button ( ) onceagain to cancel random play.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-33


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (244,1)

qOperating the In-Dash CD Changerí

Disc down buttonLoad button

CD slotDisplay

CD play button

Channel preset buttonsCD eject button

Track up/down switch

Clock/Display switch

Disc up button

Repeat button

Random button

Scan/Auto memory switch

Fast-forward/Reverse switch

Type Playable data

Music CD/MP3 CDplayer

· Music data (CD-DA)

· MP3 file

NOTE

If a disc has both music data (CD-DA)and MP3 files, playback of the two filetypes differs depending on how the discwas recorded.

Inserting the CD

The CD must be label-side up wheninserting. The auto-loading mechanismwill set the CD and begin play. There willbe a short lapse before play begins whilethe player reads the digital signals on theCD.The disc number and the track numberwill be displayed.

NOTE

The CD will begin playbackautomatically after insertion.A CD cannot be inserted while thedisplay reads “WAIT”. A beepingsound can be heard during this waitingtime. Simultaneously pressing thepower/volume dial and the load button( ) for about 2 seconds will turnthis beeping sound ON or OFF.

Normal insertion

1. Press the load button ( ).

2. When “IN” is displayed, insert the CD.

6-34

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (245,1)

Inserting CDs into desired tray number

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired tray number while “WAIT” isdisplayed.


NOTE

The CD cannot be inserted to thedesired tray number if the number isalready occupied.

Multiple insertion

1. Press and hold the load button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.


3. When “IN” is displayed again, insertthe next CD.

NOTE

The first-inserted CD will be playedautomatically when:

l No other CD is inserted within 15seconds after “IN” is displayed.

l The CD trays are full.

Displaying the CD-inserted traynumber

When you want to know the number for aCD-inserted tray, press down the clock/display switch. The tray number will bedisplayed for 5 seconds.

Ejecting the CD

Normal ejection

1. Press the CD eject button ( ). Thedisc number and “DISC” “OUT” willbe displayed.

2. Pull out the CD.

NOTE

When the CD is ejected during play, thenext CD will be played automatically.

Ejecting CDs from desired tray number

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC” “OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the channel preset button for thedesired CD number for less than 5seconds after the beep sound is heard.

3. Pull out the CD.

Multiple ejection

1. Press and hold the CD eject button ( )for about 2 seconds until a beep soundis heard.The “DISC” “OUT” display flashes.

2. Press the CD eject button ( ) againfor less than 5 seconds after the beepsound is heard.

NOTE

If the button is not pressed and about 5seconds have elapsed while “DISC”“OUT” is flashing, CDs areautomatically ejected.

3. Pull out the CD, then the next CD willbe ejected.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (246,1)

NOTE

l CDs will be ejected starting with theone with the lowest number.

l All CDs in the tray will be ejectedcontinuously.

l CDs can be ejected when the ignitionswitch is off. Press and hold the CDeject button ( ) for about 2 secondsand all CDs will eject.

Playing

Press the CD play button ( ) to startplay when a CD is in the unit.If there isn't a CD in the unit when the CDplay button ( ) is pressed, “NO DISC”will flash on and off.

Fast-forward/Reverse

Pull up and hold the fast-forward/reverseswitch to advance through a track at highspeed.Press down and hold the fast-forward/reverse switch to reverse through a trackat high speed.

Track search

Pull up the track up/down switch once toskip forward to the beginning of the nexttrack.Press down the track up/down switchonce to skip back to the beginning of thecurrent track.

Disc search

During music CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) during playback.

During MP3 CD playback

To change the disc, press the DISC button( or ) for 1.5 seconds ormore during playback.

Folder search (during MP3 CDplayback)

To change to the previous folder, press thefolder down button ( ) for less than1.5 seconds, or press the folder up button( ) for less than 1.5 seconds toadvance to the next folder.

Music scan

This feature helps to find a program byplaying about the first 10 seconds of eachtrack.

Pull up the scan/auto memory switchduring play to start scan play operation(the track number will flash).Pull up the scan/auto memory switch onceagain to cancel scan play.

NOTE

If the unit is left in scan, normal playwill resume where scan was selected.

Repeat play


1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat play.

6-36

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (247,1)


(Track repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback to play the current trackrepeatedly. “RPT” is displayed.

2. To cancel the repeat play, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(Folder repeat)

1. Press the repeat button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the current folder repeatedly.“RPT” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therepeat play.

Random play

Tracks are randomly selected and played.


1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the CDrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom play.


(Folder random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback to play the tracks in the folderrandomly. “RDM” is displayed.

2. To cancel the random play, press thebutton again after 3 seconds.

(CD random)

1. Press the random button ( ) duringplayback, and then press the buttonagain within 3 seconds to play thetracks in the CD randomly. “RDM” isdisplayed.

2. Press the button again to cancel therandom play.

Switching the display

Each time the display button ( ) ispressed during playback, the display willswitch in the following order.Music CD

Track number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name display

Album name display

Artist name display

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-37


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (248,1)

MP3 CD

Folder number/Track number

Disc number/File number/Elapsed time display

Disc tray number

File name

Folder name

Album name (ID3 Tag)

Song name (ID3 Tag)

Artist name (ID3 Tag)

NOTE

(MP3 CD)

l “NO TITLE” will be displayed whenthe display is switched for a filewithout a file, track or other nameinput.

l This unit can only read English(including numerals) one-bytecharacters. If any other character isincluded, “NO TITLE” will bedisplayed. Depending on the CDwriting software used, proper displaymay not be possible.

Display scroll

Only 12 characters can be displayed atone time. To display the rest of thecharacters of a long title, turn the displayfeed dial ( ) to the right. Hiddentitles can be scrolled into the display onecharacter at a time.

NOTE

The displayable number of characters islimited. If the number of characters,including the file extension (.mp3),exceeds 32 characters, it may not befully displayed.

Message display

If “CHECK CD” is displayed, it meansthat there is some CD malfunction. Checkfor damage, dirt, or smudges on the CD,and then properly reinsert. If the messageappears again, take the unit to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer for service.

6-38

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (249,1)

qError Indications

If you see an error indication on the display, find the cause in the chart. If you cannot clearthe error indication, take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Indication Cause Solution

CHECK CD

CD is inserted upside downInsert the CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

CD is defectiveInsert another CD properly. If the error indicationdoes not disappear, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (250,1)

Audio Control SwitchOperation (Steering Wheel)í

When the audio unit is turned on,operation of the audio unit from thesteering wheel is possible.

NOTE

Because the audio unit will be turnedoff under the following conditions, theswitches will be inoperable.

l When the ignition switch is turned tothe LOCK position.

l When the power button on the audiounit is pressed and the audio unit isturned off.

l When all CDs are ejected.

qAdjusting the Volume

To increase the volume, pull up thevolume switch.

To decrease the volume, press down thevolume switch.

qChanging the Source

Press the mode switch ( ) to changethe audio source (FM1 radio> FM2 radio>AM radio> CD player or CD changer>SIRIUS1> SIRIUS2> SIRIUS3>cyclical).

6-40

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (251,1)

NOTE

CD, CD changer, and SIRIUS digitalsatellite radio modes cannot be selectedin the following cases:

l SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit isnot equipped on the audio system.

l CD has not been inserted.

qSeek Switch

When listening to the radio

Pull up or press down the seek switch, theradio switches to the next/previous storedstation in the order that it was stored(1―6).

Pull up or press down the seek switch forabout 2 seconds until a beep sound isheard to seek all usable stations at ahigher or lower frequency whetherprogrammed or not.

When playing a CD

Pull up the seek switch to skip to the nexttrack.Press down the seek switch to repeat thecurrent track.

qMute Switch

Press the mute switch ( ) once to muteaudio, press it again to resume audiooutput.

NOTE

l The mute will be canceled in thefollowing cases:

l The ignition switch is turned to theLOCK position.

l The power/volume dial is turned toON.

l The mode switch is pressed tochange to another source.

l The volume switch is operated.

Interior Comfort

Audio System

6-41


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (252,1)

Safety CertificationThis CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards. It meets FCCrequirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U.S. Department ofHealth and Human Services.

CAUTIONl This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified servicepersonnel.If servicing is required, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than thosespecified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure. Never operate the CD playerwith the top case of the unit removed.

l Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's authority to operate this equipment.

NOTE

For CD player section:This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may causeundesired operation.

NOTE

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digitaldevice, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radiocommunications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in aparticular installation.

6-42

Interior Comfort

Audio System


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (253,1)

SunvisorsWhen you need a sunvisor, lower it foruse in front.

qVanity Mirrors

To use the vanity mirror, lower thesunvisor.

Interior Lights

qOverhead Light

SwitchPosition

Overhead Light

Light off

Light on when any door is open

Light on

qTrunk Light

SwitchPosition

Trunk Light

Light off

Light on when the trunk is open

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-43


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (254,1)

Cup Holder

WARNINGNever use a cup holder to hold hotliquids while the vehicle is moving:Using a cup holder to hold hot liquidswhile the vehicle is moving isdangerous. If the contents spill, youcould be scalded.

Do not put anything other than cupsor drink cans in cup holders:Putting objects other than cups ordrink cans in a cup holder isdangerous.During sudden braking ormaneuvering, occupants could be hitand injured, or objects could bethrown around the vehicle, causinginterference with the driver and thepossibility of an accident. Only use acup holder for cups or drink cans.

CAUTIONTo reduce the possibility of injury in anaccident or a sudden stop, keep cupholders closed when not in use.

To open the cup holder lid, push thebutton and slide it open.

Button

6-44

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (255,1)

Bottle HolderBottle holders are on the inside of thedoors.

Bottle holder

CAUTIONDo not use the bottle holders forcontainers without caps. The contentsmay spill when the door is opened orclosed.

Storage Compartments

WARNINGKeep storage boxes closed whendriving:Driving with the storage boxes open isdangerous. To reduce the possibility ofinjury in an accident or a sudden stop,keep the storage boxes closed whendriving.

CAUTIONDo not leave lighters or eyeglasses inthe storage boxes while parked underthe sun. A lighter could explode or theplastic material in eyeglasses coulddeform and crack from hightemperature.

qGlove Box

To open the glove box, pull the latchtoward you.Insert the key (auxiliary key*) and turn itclockwise to lock, counterclockwise tounlock.

* Advanced key equipped vehicle

Lock

Unlock

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-45


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (256,1)

qSeat Side Box

To open, pull the release catch.Insert the key and turn it clockwise tolock, counterclockwise to unlock.

Lock

Unlock

qBack Trim Storage Boxí

Small items can be stored in the back trimstorage box.

With the lid Without the lid

To use the back trim storage box

1. To use the desired storage box, slidethe seat in front of it all the wayforward.Refer to Seat Slide on page 2-2.

2. Fold the seatback forward all the waydown.Refer to Seat Recline on page 2-3.

3. If your vehicle has a lid, pull the latchto open.

When finished, return the seat to itsoriginal position and secure it. Afterreturning the seat to its original position,make sure the seat is secured byattempting to lightly move it forward andbackward.

CAUTIONDo not store excessive weight in theback trim storage box as it could bedamaged.

qMesh Pocket (Passenger Side)í

Maps or pamphlets can be placed in themesh pocket.

6-46

Interior Comfort

íSome models.

Interior Equipment


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (257,1)

Accessory SocketThe ignition switch must be in the ACCor ON position.Only use genuine Mazda accessories orthe equivalent requiring no greater than120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

CAUTIONTo prevent accessory socket damage orelectrical failure, pay attention to thefollowing:

l Do not use accessories that requiremore than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).

l Do not use accessories that are notgenuine Mazda accessories or theequivalent.

l Close the cover when the accessorysocket is not in use to preventforeign objects and liquids fromgetting into the accessory socket.

l Correctly insert the plug into theaccessory socket.

NOTE

To prevent discharging of the battery,do not use the socket for long periodswith the engine off or idling.

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment

6-47


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (258,1)

WindblockerThis windblocker reduces rear wind blastinto the cabin when driving with theconvertible top down.To use the windblocker, lift it upright.

6-48

Interior Comfort

Interior Equipment


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (259,1)

7 In Case of an Emergency

Helpful information on what to do in an emergency.

Parking in an Emergency ............................................................. 7-2Parking in an Emergency .......................................................... 7-2

Flat Tire ......................................................................................... 7-3Flat Tireí .................................................................................. 7-3Tool Storage .............................................................................. 7-5Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKití .......................................................................................... 7-6Changing a Tire ....................................................................... 7-13

Overheating ................................................................................. 7-19Overheating ............................................................................. 7-19

Emergency Starting .................................................................... 7-21Starting a Flooded Engine ....................................................... 7-21Jump-Starting .......................................................................... 7-22Push-Starting ........................................................................... 7-26

Emergency Towing ..................................................................... 7-27Towing Description ................................................................. 7-27Tiedown Hooks ....................................................................... 7-28Recreational Towing ............................................................... 7-30

7-1íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (260,1)

Parking in an EmergencyThe hazard warning lights should alwaysbe used when you stop on or near aroadway in an emergency.

The hazard warning lights warn otherdrivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazardand that they must take extreme cautionwhen near it.

Depress the hazard warning flasher and allthe turn signals will flash.

NOTE

l The turn signals don't work when thehazard warning lights are on.

l Check local regulations about the useof hazard warning lights while thevehicle is being towed. They mayforbid it.

7-2

In Case of an Emergency

Parking in an Emergency


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (261,1)

Flat Tireí

Either run-flat tires or conventional tiresare equipped on your Mazda dependingon the specification, therefore theprocedure for repairing a flat tire differsdepending on the type of tire. Beforedriving, make sure which type of tire isequipped on your Mazda. If you cannotidentify your tire type, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qHow to identify your tire type

Run-flat tire

A run-flat tire has a “RFT” mark on theside wall.

Conventional tire

A conventional tire does not have a“RFT” mark on the side wall.

qVehicle with run-flat tires

WARNINGHave the tires checked or perform theappropriate repair as soon as possibleby an Authorized Mazda Dealer:When the flat tire warning lightilluminates or the tire pressurewarning beep sound is heard, it isdangerous to drive the vehicle at highspeeds, or perform suddenmaneuvering or braking. Vehicledrivability could worsen and result inan accident.When the flat tire warning lightilluminates or the tire pressurewarning beep sound is heard, decreasevehicle speed immediately and avoidsudden maneuvering and braking.

If a run-flat tire is punctured, the FLATTIRE warning light illuminates in theinstrument cluster, and a beep sound isheard for about 30 seconds.

NOTE

Until the flat tire is changed, the beepsound is heard for about 30 secondsevery time the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position.


Flat Tire

7-3íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (262,1)

Vehicles with run-flat tires can be driveneven with a punctured tire under thefollowing conditions.Maximum vehicle speed with apunctured run-flat tire: 90 km/h (55mph)Maximum driving distance with apunctured rum-flat tire: 80 km (49miles)

CAUTIONThe maximum driving distance may beshorter depending on the drivingconditions.

If a run-flat tire is punctured, carefullydrive the vehicle to the nearest MazdaDealer and have the tire changed.

NOTE

l A spare tire or Instant MobilitySystem (IMS) emergency flat tirerepair kit is not equipped on vehicleswith run-flat tires as standard.

l Replacing a punctured run-flat tirewith a new run-flat tire isrecommended.

l Do not use run-flat tires andconventional tires on the samevehicle.

qVehicle with conventional tires

If the following occurs while driving, itcould indicate a flat tire.

l Steering becomes difficult.

l The vehicle begins to vibrateexcessively.

l The vehicle pulls in one direction. If aconventional tire is punctured, refer to“Tool Storage” (page 7-5) and “InstantMobility System (IMS) EmergencyFlat Tire Repair Kit” (page 7-6).

7-4


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (263,1)

Tool StorageTools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.

Towing/Tiedown

Power retractable hardtop emergency tool bag

Tool bag

rope

Glove box

Lug wrench

Jack

Jack Lever

eyebolt

hexagonal wrench

Some models.

Instant Mobility System (IMS) Emergency Flat Tire Repair Kit

Trunk room


Flat Tire

7-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (264,1)

qJack

To remove the jack

1. Turn the knob and remove the cover.

2. Turn the wing bolt counterclockwise.

Wing bolt

Jack

To secure the jack

Perform the removal procedure in reverse.

Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency FlatTire Repair Kití

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincluded with your Mazda is for atemporary repair of a slightly damagedflat tire resulting from running over nailsor similar sharp objects on the roadsurface.

NOTE

Your vehicle is not equipped with aspare tire. In the event of a flat tire, usethe emergency flat tire repair kit torepair the tire temporarily. When doingthe repair, refer to the instructionsincluded in the emergency flat tirerepair kit. After temporarily repairing atire with the emergency flat tire repairkit, take your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer to have the tire replaced.

7-6


íSome models.

Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (265,1)

qAbout the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

The IMS emergency flat tire repair kitincludes the following items.

Tire sealant Injection hose Compressor

Instruction

Repaired tire sticker

Valve core tool

Spare valve core

Speed restriction sticker

Case

WARNINGDo not allow children to touch the tiresealant:Ingestion of tire sealant is dangerous.In the event tire sealant is accidentallyswallowed, drink large amounts ofwater immediately and seek medicalassistance.

Do not allow children to touch the tiresealant:Tire sealant that comes into contactwith the eyes and skin is dangerous. Iftire sealant enters the eyes or contactsthe skin, flush immediately with largeamounts of water and seek medicalassistance.


Flat Tire

7-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (266,1)

NOTE

l The tire sealant cannot be reused.Purchase new tire sealant at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

l The emergency flat tire repair kitcannot be used in the followingcases.Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

l The period of effective use for thetire sealant has expired. (Theperiod of effectiveness isindicated on the bottle label.)

l The tear or puncture exceedsabout 4 mm (0.16 in).

l The damage has occurred to anarea of the tire other than thetread.

l The vehicle has been driven withnearly no air remaining in the tire.

l The tire has come off the wheelrim.

l Damage to the wheel rim hasoccurred.

l The tire has two or morepunctures.

qUsing the IMS Emergency FlatTire Repair Kit

1. Park on a level surface off the right-of-way and set the parking brake.


3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Unload passengers and luggage, andremove the emergency flat tire repairkit.

5. Shake the tire sealant well.

CAUTIONIf the bottle is shaken after the injectionhose is screwed on, tire sealant couldspray out from the injection hose. Tiresealant contacting clothing or otherobjects may be impossible to remove.Shake the bottle before screwing on theinjection hose.

7-8


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (267,1)

NOTE

The tire sealant can be used at outsidetemperatures down to _30°C.In extremely cold temperatures (0°C(32°F) or below), the tire sealanthardens easily and injection of thesealant will be difficult. Warm thesealant inside the vehicle before doingthe injection work.

6. Remove the cap from the bottle. Screwon the injection hose with the bottle'sinner cap left on to break the inner cap.

Injection hose

Bottle

7. Remove the valve cap from the flattire. Press the back of a valve core toolto the core of the tire valve and bleedall the remaining air.

Valve core tool

Valve

Valve cap

CAUTIONIf there is air remaining in the tire whenthe valve core is removed, the valvecore could fly out. Remove the valvecore carefully.

8. Turn the valve core counterclockwisewith the valve core tool and remove thevalve core.

Valve Valve core

NOTE

Store the valve core in a place where itwon't get dirty.

9. Remove the plug from the injectionhose and insert the injection hose intothe valve.

Plug

Injection hose


Flat Tire

7-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (268,1)

10. Hold the bottom of the bottle upright,squeeze the bottle with your hands,and inject the entire amount of tiresealant into the tire.

Valve

NOTE

The tire sealant cannot be reused.Purchase a new tire sealant kit at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

11. Pull out the injection hose from thevalve. Reinsert the valve core into thevalve and turn it clockwise to installit.

12. Attach the sticker that indicatescompletion of the tire repair on a flatouter surface of the repaired tire.

NOTE

Do not throw away the empty tiresealant bottle after use. Return theempty tire sealant bottle to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer whenreplacing the tire. The empty tire sealantbottle will need to be used to extractand dispose of the used sealant from thetire.

13. Attach the vehicle speed restrictionsticker in a place where the driver caneasily see it.

WARNINGDo not attach the vehicle speedrestriction sticker to the instrumentpanel, as it would obstruct vision ofareas such as warning light indicatorsor the speedometer:Attaching the vehicle speed restrictionsticker to the steering wheel pad isdangerous. The sticker could interferewith air bag inflation and causeserious injury.

7-10


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (269,1)

14. Install the compressor hose to the tirevalve.

Valve Compressor hose

15. Insert the compressor plug into theinterior accessory socket and turn theignition switch to the ACC position(page 6-47).

Compressor plug

Center console

Compressor

CAUTIONl Before pulling out the compressorplug from the electrical socket, makesure the compressor power switch isoff.

l The compressor turns on and offwith the push-button switch.

16. Turn the compressor switch on andinflate the tire carefully to the correctinflation pressure.

WARNINGNever operate the compressor above300 kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi):Operating the compressor above 300kPa (3.1 kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi) isdangerous. When the inflationpressure rises above 300 kPa (3.1kgf/cm2, 3 bar, 43.5 psi), heated airwill be exhausted from the back of thecompressor and you could be burned.

CAUTIONIf the compressor operates slowly orbecomes hot, it indicates overheating.Turn the compressor off immediatelyand leave it turned off for 30 minutes orlonger.


Flat Tire

7-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (270,1)

NOTE

l Check the tire inflation pressure label(driver's door frame) for the correcttire inflation pressure.

l Do not use the compressor for longerthan 10 minutes because using thecompressor for long periods coulddamage it.

l If the tire does not inflate, repair ofthe tire may not be possible. If thetire does not reach the correctinflation pressure within a 10-minuteperiod, it probably has received moreextensive damage. When thishappens, the emergency flat tirerepair kit cannot be used to repair thetire. Contact an Authorized MazdaDealer.

l If the tire has been over-inflated,loosen the screw cap on thecompressor and bleed some of the airout.

17. When the tire has been inflated to theproper inflation pressure, turn thecompressor switch off and remove thecompressor hose from the tire valve.

18. Install the tire valve cap.

19. Put the emergency flat tire repair kitin the trunk and continue driving.

CAUTIONl Drive carefully to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer and keep the vehiclespeed below 80 km/h (50 mph).

l If the vehicle is driven 80 km/h (50mph) or higher, the vehicle mightbegin to vibrate.

20. After driving the vehicle for 10minutes or 5 km (3 miles), check thetire pressure with the tire pressuregauge equipped with the compressor.If the tire pressure has fallen belowthe correct tire pressure, inflate thetire to the correct pressure againfollowing the steps from number 15.

CAUTIONl If the tire inflation pressure fallsbelow 130 kPa (1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar,18.9 psi), repair cannot be done withthe repair kit. Park the vehicle on alevel surface off the right-of-way andcontact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

l If the tire inflation pressurecontinues to remain low afterrepeating steps 14 to 21, park thevehicle on a level surface off theright-of-way and contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

NOTE

When checking the tire inflationpressure with the tire pressure gauge onthe compressor unit, make sure thecompressor switch is turned off.

21. If the tire inflation pressure remainsstable, the tire repair is complete.Drive the vehicle with care to anAuthorized Mazda Dealer to have thetire replaced.

7-12


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (271,1)

CAUTIONl A tire that has been temporarilyrepaired with the tire sealant cannotbe reused. Mazda recommendsreplacing the tire with a new one.

l The wheel can be reused after anysealant adhering to it is wiped offand carefully inspected. However,replace the tire valve with a new one.

qInspecting the IMS EmergencyFlat Tire Repair Kit

Inspect the emergency tire repair kit atregular intervals.

l Check the tire sealant period ofeffective use.

l Check the operation of the tirecompressor.

NOTE

The tire sealant has a period of effectiveuse. Check the period of effective useindicated on the bottle label and do notuse it if it has expired. Have the tiresealant replaced at an AuthorizedMazda Dealer before the period ofeffective use has expired.

Changing a Tire

WARNINGBe sure to follow the directions forchanging a tire, and never get under avehicle that is supported only by ajack:Changing a tire is dangerous if notdone properly. The vehicle can slip offthe jack and seriously injure someone.

Never allow anyone inside a vehiclesupported by a jack:Allowing someone to remain in avehicle supported by a jack isdangerous. The occupant could causethe vehicle to fall resulting in seriousinjury.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)The wheels equipped on your Mazdaare specially designed for installation ofthe tire pressure sensors. Do not usenon-genuine wheels, otherwise it maynot be possible to install the tirepressure sensors.

NOTE

l Make sure the jack is well lubricatedbefore using it.

(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)

l Be sure to register the tire pressuresensor ID signal code whenever tiresor wheels are changed (page 5-31).


Flat Tire

7-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (272,1)



3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleand away from the vehicle and traffic.

5. Remove the jack, and tool (page 7-5).

6. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe tire to be changed. When blockinga wheel, place a tire block both in frontand behind the tire.

NOTE

When blocking a tire, use rocks orwood blocks of sufficient size to holdthe tire in place.

qRemoving a Tire

1. Loosen the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise one turn each, butdon't remove any until the tire has beenraised off the ground.

2. Place the jack under the jackingposition closest to the tire beingchanged.

Jacking position

7-14


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (273,1)

WARNINGUse only the front and rear jackingpositions recommended in thismanual:Attempting to jack the vehicle inpositions other than thoserecommended in this manual isdangerous. The vehicle could slip offthe jack and seriously injure or evenkill someone. Use only the front andrear jacking positions recommendedin this manual.

Use only the jack provided with yourMazda:Using a jack that is not designed foryour Mazda is dangerous. The vehiclecould slip off the jack and seriouslyinjure someone.

Never place objects under the jack:Jacking the vehicle with an objectunder the jack is dangerous. The jackcould slip and someone could beseriously injured by the jack or thefalling vehicle.

3. Insert the jack handle into the jack.

4. Turn the jack handle clockwise andraise the vehicle high enough so thatthe tire can be installed. Beforeremoving the lug nuts, make sure yourMazda is firmly in position and that itcannot slip or move.

5. Remove the lug nuts by turning themcounterclockwise, then remove thewheel.


Flat Tire

7-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (274,1)

qLocking Lug Nuts

If your vehicle has optional antitheftwheel lug nuts, one on each wheel willlock the tires and you must use a specialkey to unlock them. This key is attachedto the lug wrench. Register them with thelock manufacturer by filling out the cardprovided in the glove box and mailing itin the accompanying envelope. If you losethis key, consult an Authorized MazdaDealer or use the lock manufacturer'sorder form, which is with the registrationcard.

Special keyAntitheft lug nut

To remove an antitheft lug nut

1. Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut.

2. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

3. Place the lug wrench on top of the keyand apply pressure. Turn the wrenchcounterclockwise.

To install the nut

1. Place the key on top of the nut, and besure to hold the key square to it. If youhold the key at an angle, you maydamage both key and nut. Don't use apower impact wrench.

2. Place the lug wrench on top of the key,apply pressure, and turn it clockwise.

qMounting the Tire

1. Remove dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel andhub, including the hub bolts, with acloth.

WARNINGMake sure the mounting surfaces ofthe wheel, hub and lug nuts are cleanbefore changing or replacing tires:When changing or replacing a tire,not removing dirt and grime from themounting surfaces of the wheel, huband hub bolts is dangerous. The lugnuts could loosen while driving andcause the tire to come off, resulting inan accident.

2. Mount the tire.

7-16


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (275,1)

3. Install the lug nuts with the bevelededge inward; tighten them by hand.

WARNINGDo not apply oil or grease to lug nutsand bolts and do not tighten the lugnuts beyond the recommendedtightening torque:Applying oil or grease to lug nuts andbolts is dangerous. The lug nuts couldloosen while driving and cause the tireto come off, resulting in an accident.In addition, lug nuts and bolts couldbe damaged if tightened more thannecessary.

4. Turn the jack handle counterclockwiseand lower the vehicle. Use the lugwrench to tighten the nuts in the ordershown.

If you're unsure of how tight the nutsshould be, have them inspected at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

Nut tightening torque

N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)88―118

(9―12, 65―87)


Flat Tire

7-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (276,1)

WARNINGAlways securely and correctly tightenthe lug nuts:Improperly or loosely tightened lugnuts are dangerous. The wheel couldwobble or come off. This could resultin loss of vehicle control and cause aserious accident.

Be sure to reinstall the same nuts youremoved or replace them with metricnuts of the same configuration:Because the wheel studs and lug nutson your Mazda have metric threads,using a non-metric nut is dangerous.On a metric stud, it would not securethe wheel and would damage the stud,which could cause the wheel to slip offand cause an accident.

5. Check the inflation pressure. Refer tothe specification charts on page 10-6.

WARNINGDo not drive with any tires that haveincorrect air pressure:Driving on tires with incorrect airpressure is dangerous. Tires withincorrect pressure could affecthandling and result in an accident.

NOTE

To prevent the jack and tool fromrattling, store them properly.

7-18


Flat Tire


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (277,1)

OverheatingIf the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, the vehicle loses power, oryou hear a loud knocking or pingingnoise, the engine is probably too hot.

WARNING

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not runningbefore attempting to work near thecooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped and theengine compartment temperature ishigh. You could be hit by the fan andseriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:When the engine and radiator are hot,scalding coolant and steam may shootout under pressure and cause seriousinjury.

Open the hood ONLYafter steam is nolonger escaping from the engine:Steam from an overheated engine isdangerous. The escaping steam couldseriously burn you.

NOTE

Once the engine coolant exceeds apreset temperature, an electrical coolingfan turns on. It will continue runningfor about 10 minutes after the ignitionswitch is turned to off.

If the temperature gauge indicatesoverheating:

1. Drive safely to the side of the road andpark off the right-of-way.

2. Put a vehicle with an automatictransmission in park (P), a manualtransmission in neutral.

3. Apply the parking brake.

4. Turn off the air conditioner.

5. Check whether coolant or steam isescaping from under the hood or fromthe engine compartment.

If steam is coming from the enginecompartment:Don't go near the front of the vehicle.Stop the engine.Wait until the steam dissipates, thenopen the hood and start the engine.

If neither coolant nor steam isescaping:Open the hood and idle the engine untilit cools.

CAUTIONIf the cooling fan does not operatewhile the engine is running, the enginetemperature will increase. Stop theengine and call an Authorized MazdaDealer.


Overheating

7-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (278,1)

6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,then turn off the engine after thetemperature has decreased.

7. When cool, check the coolant level.If it's low, look for coolant leaks fromthe radiator and hoses.

If you find a leak or other damage, or ifcoolant is still leaking:Stop the engine and call an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

Cooling system cap

Coolant reservoir

If you find no problems, the engine iscool, and no leaks are obvious:Carefully add coolant as required (page8-23).

CAUTIONIf the engine continues to overheat orfrequently overheats, have the coolingsystem inspected. The engine could beseriously damaged unless repairs aremade. Consult an Authorized MazdaDealer.

7-20


Overheating


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (279,1)

Starting a Flooded EngineIf the engine fails to start, it may beflooded (excessive fuel in the engine).

Follow this procedure:

1. Depress the accelerator all the way andhold it there.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the STARTposition and hold it there―for up to 10seconds. If the engine starts, release thekey and accelerator immediatelybecause the engine will suddenly revup.

3. If the engine fails to start, crank itwithout depressing the accelerator―forup to 10 seconds.


Emergency Starting

7-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (280,1)

Jump-StartingJump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If youfeel unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent servicetechnician do the work.

WARNING

Follow These Precautions Carefully:To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautionscarefully before using the battery or inspecting it.

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURICACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gasproduced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery toexplode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it getsin eyes, skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes with water for15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact any other metal object thatcould cause sparks:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. When working near a battery,do not allow metal tools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of thebattery.

7-22


Emergency Starting


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (281,1)

WARNING

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.

Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level:Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous. It mayrupture or explode, causing serious injury.

Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative ( ) terminal of thedischarged battery is dangerous.A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.

Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous.The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.

CAUTIONUse only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, andother electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries inseries or a 24 V motor generator set).


Emergency Starting

7-23


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (282,1)

Discharged battery

Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order.

Jumper cables

Booster battery

7-24


Emergency Starting


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (283,1)

1. Remove the rubber hose from thebattery cover.

2. Remove the battery cover from its rightside.

3. Make sure the booster battery is 12 Vand that its negative terminal isgrounded.

4. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, don't allow both vehicles totouch. Turn off the engine of thevehicle with the booster battery and allunnecessary electrical loads in bothvehicles.

5. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence as in the illustration.

l Connect one end of a cable to thepositive terminal on the dischargedbattery (1).

l Attach the other end to the positiveterminal on the booster battery (2).

l Connect one end of the other cableto the negative terminal of thebooster battery (3).

l Connect the other end to the groundpoint indicated in the illustrationaway from the discharged battery(4).

6. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand run it a few minutes. Then start theengine of the other vehicle.

7. When finished, carefully disconnect thecables in the reverse order described inthe illustration.

8. If the battery cover has been removed,install it in the reverse order ofremoval.


Emergency Starting

7-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (284,1)

NOTE

l Before installing the battery cover,make sure both of the cablesconnecting the negative batteryterminal (right side of battery) areconnected with the cables routedtoward the right and back of thebattery as shown in the figure.

l Verify that the covers are securelyinstalled.

Push-StartingDo not push-start your Mazda.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start it:Towing a vehicle to start it isdangerous. The vehicle being towedcould surge forward when its enginestarts, causing the two vehicles tocollide. The occupants could beinjured.

CAUTIONDo not push-start a vehicle that has amanual transmission. It can damage theemission control system.

NOTE

You can't start a vehicle with anautomatic transmission by pushing it.

7-26


Emergency Starting


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (285,1)

Towing DescriptionWe recommend that towing be done onlyby an Authorized Mazda Dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.

Proper lifting and towing are necessary toprevent damage to the vehicle.Government and local laws must befollowed.

A towed vehicle usually should have itsdrive wheels (rear wheels) off the ground.If excessive damage or other conditionsprevent this, use wheel dollies.

Wheel dollies

CAUTIONDon't tow the vehicle pointed forwardwith driving wheels on the ground. Thismay cause internal damage to thetransmission.

CAUTIONDon't tow with sling-type equipment.This could damage your vehicle. Usewheel-lift or flatbed equipment.


Emergency Towing

7-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (286,1)

Tiedown Hooks

CAUTIONDon't use the tiedown hooks under thefront and rear for towing.They are designed ONLY for tyingdown the vehicle when it's beingtransported. Using them for towing willdamage the bumper.

qTiedown Hooks

1. Remove the tiedown eyelet, lugwrench, and jack lever from the trunk(page 7-5).

2. Wrap the jack lever with a soft cloth toprevent damage to the bumper andopen the cap located on the front andrear bumper.

Front

Rear

CAUTIONThe cap cannot be completely removed.Do not use excessive force as it maydamage the cap or scratch the paintedbumper surface.

3. Securely install the tiedown eyeletusing the lug wrench.

Lug wrenchFront

7-28


Emergency Towing


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (287,1)

Lug wrench Rear

4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedowneyelet.

Front

Rear

CAUTIONIf the tiedown eyelet is not securelytightened, it may loosen or disengagefrom the bumper when tying down thevehicle. Make sure that the tiedowneyelet is securely tightened to thebumper.


Emergency Towing

7-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (288,1)

Recreational TowingAn example of “recreational towing” istowing your vehicle behind a motorhome.The transmission is not designed fortowing this vehicle on all 4 wheels.When doing recreational towing refer to“Towing Description” (page 7-27) and“Tiedown Hooks” (page 7-28) andcarefully follow the instructions.

7-30


Emergency Towing


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (289,1)

8 Maintenance and Care

How to keep your Mazda in top condition.

Introduction .................................................................................. 8-2Introduction ............................................................................... 8-2

Scheduled Maintenance ................................................................ 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (North America) ................................. 8-3Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico) ............................................. 8-8Scheduled Maintenance (Except North America andMexico) ................................................................................... 8-15

Owner Maintenance ................................................................... 8-18Owner Maintenance Schedule ................................................ 8-18Owner Maintenance Precautions ............................................. 8-19Engine Compartment Overview .............................................. 8-20Engine Oil ............................................................................... 8-21Engine Coolant ....................................................................... 8-23Brake/Clutch Fluid .................................................................. 8-25Power Steering Fluid ............................................................... 8-26Washer Fluid ........................................................................... 8-26Body Lubrication .................................................................... 8-27Wiper Blades ........................................................................... 8-28Battery ..................................................................................... 8-30Tires ........................................................................................ 8-33Light Bulbs ............................................................................. 8-38Fuses ....................................................................................... 8-46

Appearance Care ........................................................................ 8-51How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage .................... 8-51Exterior Care ........................................................................... 8-53Interior Care ............................................................................ 8-57

8-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (290,1)

IntroductionBe extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehiclewhen using this manual for inspection and maintenance.

If you're unsure about any procedure it describes, we strongly urge you to have a reliableand qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for yourMazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. Thiscould lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.

For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed asprescribed.

Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defectivematerials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.

Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment mayperform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an AuthorizedMazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.

8-2

Maintenance and Care

Introduction


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (291,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (North America)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.If any do apply, follow Schedule 2 (Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2).

l Repeated short-distance driving

l Driving in dusty conditions

l Driving with extended use of brakes

l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used

l Driving on rough or muddy roads

l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation

l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

NOTE

After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at therecommended intervals.


Scheduled Maintenance

8-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (292,1)

qSchedule 1

Maintenance Interval

Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

ENGINE

Drive belts (tension) I

Engine valve clearanceAudible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Engine oil R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type *1 Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after

that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C C R C

Fuel lines and hoses *2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission *2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

8-4




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (293,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48

×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

×1000 miles 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)

Flat tire repair kit (if installed) *3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheelbearing axial play

I I

Manual transmission oil R

Rear differential oil R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateC: CleanT: Tighten

Remarks:

*1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surroundingarea. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.

*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.

*3 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace thetire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.



8-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (294,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE


Engine valve clearanceAudible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy,

adjust

Engine oilPuerto Rico Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

Others R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R R R R R

COOLING SYSTEM

Engine coolantFL22 type *1 Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after

that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years

OthersReplace at first 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 4 years; after that,

every 2 years

Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filterPuerto Rico C R C R

Others C C R C

Fuel lines and hoses *2 I I

Hoses and tubes for emission *2 I

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugsUSA Replace every 96,000 km (60,000 miles)

Others Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I

8-6




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (295,1)



Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Flat tire repair kit (if installed) *3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I

Manual transmission oil R R

Rear differential oil R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.




8-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (296,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditionsapply.If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.

l Repeated short-distance driving

l Driving in dusty conditions

l Driving with extended use of brakes

l Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used

l Driving on rough or muddy roads

l Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation

l Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates

l Driving in extremely hot conditions

l Driving in mountainous conditions continually

NOTE

After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at therecommended intervals.

8-8




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (297,1)

qSchedule 1


Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

ENGINE

Drive belts (tension) I I I

Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust

Engine oil R R R R R R R R R R R R


COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I I

Engine coolantFL22 type *1 Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years; after that, every

60,000 km or 3 years

Others R R R

FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter R R R R R R

Fuel lines and hoses I *2 I *2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I *2 I *2 I

Fuel filter R R R

IGNITION SYSTEM

Spark plugs Replace every 60,000 km



8-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (298,1)



Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid R R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km

Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I

Flat tire repair kit (if installed)*3 Inspect annually

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I


I I I I I I


Rear differential oil R R R

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I

Chart symbols:

I: Inspect and repair, clean, adjust, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceL: LubricateT: Tighten

Remarks:


*2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will notvoid your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed atthe recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.


8-10




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (299,1)

qSchedule 2



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

ENGINE





COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I



Others R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I *2

Hoses and tubes for emission I *2

Fuel filter R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (300,1)



Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36

×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I I

Brake fluid R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I


Rear differential oil R

Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:




8-12




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (301,1)

(Cont.)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

ENGINE

Drive belts (tension) I I




COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling system I I



Others R R


FUEL SYSTEM

Air filter C R C R C R

Fuel lines and hoses I *2 I

Hoses and tubes for emission I *2 I

Fuel filter R R

IGNITION SYSTEM


ELECTRICAL SYSTEM




8-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (302,1)



Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72

×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120

CHASSIS and BODY

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I

Brake fluid level I I I I

Brake fluid R R

Disc brakes I I I I I I


Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I


Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I

Power steering fluid level I I I I I I


I I I

Manual transmission oil R R


Driveshaft dust boots I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields I I I

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T

All locks and hinges L L L L L L

Washer fluid level I I I I I I

Chart symbols:


Remarks:




8-14




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (303,1)

Scheduled Maintenance (Except North America and Mexico)

NOTE

l After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at therecommended intervals.

l As the result of visual examination or functional measurement of a system's operation(performance), correct, clean, or replace as required. (Inspect, and if necessary replacethe air filter)

Emission control and related systemsThe ignition and fuel systems are highly important to the emission control system and toefficient engine operation. Don't tamper with them.All inspections and adjustments must be made by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.



8-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (304,1)

qSchedule

MaintenanceInterval


Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75 100

Engine valve clearance Audible inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust

Engine oil*1 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Engine oil filter*1 R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts*2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Cooling system I I I I I I I I

Engine coolantFL22 type*3 R

Others Replace every 2 years

Air filter*4 C C R C C R C C

Fuel filter Replace every 60,000 km (37,500 miles)

Fuel lines and hoses I I I I I I I I

Spark plugs Replace every 100,000 km (62,500 miles)

Evaporative system (if installed) I I I I I I I I

Battery electrolyte level andspecific gravity

I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Brake fluid*5 I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Parking brake I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power brake unit (Brake booster)and hoses

I I I I I I I I

Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid, lines, hosesand connections

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I



Front and rear suspension, balljoints and wheel bearing axial play

I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I

Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 80,000 km (50,000 miles)

Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T T T

Body condition(for rust, corrosion and perforation)

Inspect annually

Tire rotation Rotate every 10,000 km (6,250 miles)

8-16




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (305,1)

MaintenanceInterval


Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 78 84 90 96

×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160

×1000 miles 6.25 12.5 18.75 25 31.25 37.5 43.75 50 56.25 62.5 68.75 75 81.25 87.5 93.75 100

Tires(with inflation pressure adjustment)

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


Chart symbols:

I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, or replace if necessary.R: ReplaceT: TightenC: Clean

Remarks:

*1 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the engine oil and oil filtermore often than the recommended intervals.a) Driving in dusty conditions.b) Extended periods of idling or low speed operationc) Driving for long period in cold temperatures or driving regularly at short distance only

*2 Also inspect and adjust the power steering and air conditioner drive belts, if installed.*3 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription “FL22” on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding

area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.*4 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean and if necessary, replace the air filter more often

than the recommended intervals.*5 If the brakes are used extensively (for example, continuous hard driving or mountain driving) or if the vehicle

is operated in extremely humid climates, replace the brake fluid annually.*6 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the

tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.



8-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (306,1)

Owner Maintenance ScheduleThe owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at theindicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.

Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified servicetechnician as soon as possible.

qWhen Refueling

l Brake and clutch fluid level (page 8-25)

l Engine coolant level (page 8-23)

l Engine oil level (page 8-22)

l Washer fluid level (page 8-26)

qAt Least Monthly

Tire inflation pressures (page 8-33)

qAt Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)

l Power steering fluid level (page 8-26)

You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanicalability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.

l Engine coolant (page 8-23)

l Engine oil (page 8-21)

8-18


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (307,1)

Owner Maintenance PrecautionsImproper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions onlyfor items that are easy to perform.

As explained in the Introduction (page 8-2), several procedures can be done only by aqualified service technician with special tools.

Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Pleasedispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.

We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an AuthorizedMazda Dealer.

WARNINGDo not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience orthe proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by aqualified technician:Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You canbe seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.

If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that youremove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and allneckties, scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or coolingfan which may turn on unexpectedly:Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even moredangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing.Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting towork near the cooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could continuerunning indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartmenttemperature is high. You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.


Owner Maintenance

8-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (308,1)

Engine Compartment Overview

Engine oil dipstickEngine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir / Clutch fluid reservoir (only for manual transmission model)

Washer fluid reservoir

Cooling system cap

Battery

Engine coolant reservoir

Power steering fluid cap

Air filter Fuse block

8-20


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (309,1)

Engine Oil

NOTE

Changing the engine oil should be doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qRecommended Oil

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil.Oil container labels provide importantinformation.A chief contribution this type of oil makesto fuel economy is reducing the amount offuel necessary to overcome enginefriction.

U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Only use oils “Certified For GasolineEngines” by the American PetroleumInstitute (API). An oil with this trademarksymbol conforms to the current engineand emission system protection standardsand fuel economy requirements of theInternational Lubricant Standardizationand Approval Committee (ILSAC),comprised of U.S. and Japaneseautomobile manufacturers.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

Except U.S.A. and CANADA

(ILSAC)

Use SAE 5W-20 engine oil. If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available in your market. Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.

Mexico


Owner Maintenance

8-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (310,1)

The quality designation SM, or ILSACmust be on the label.

5W-20

120100806040200–20

50403020100–10–20–30

qInspecting Engine Oil Level

1. Be sure the vehicle is on a levelsurface.

2. Warm up the engine to normaloperating temperature.

3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutesfor the oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

Full

OK

Low

5. Pull it out again and examine the level.It's OK between Low and Full.But if it's near or below Low, addenough oil to bring the level to Full.

CAUTIONDon't add engine oil over Full. Thismay cause engine damage.

6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick ispositioned properly before reinsertingthe dipstick.

The distance between Low and Full on thedipstick represents the following:

Oil capacity

L (US qt, Imp qt) 0.75 (0.79, 0.66)

8-22


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (311,1)

Engine Coolant

qInspecting Coolant Level

WARNINGDo not use a match or live flame in theengine compartment. DO NOT ADDCOOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE ISHOT:A hot engine is dangerous. If theengine has been running, parts of theengine compartment can become veryhot. You could be burned. Carefullyinspect the engine coolant in thecoolant reservoir, but do not open it.

Turn off the ignition switch andmake sure the fan is not runningbefore attempting to work near thecooling fan:Working near the cooling fan when itis running is dangerous. The fancould continue running indefinitelyeven if the engine has stopped and theengine compartment temperature ishigh. You could be hit by the fan andseriously injured.

Do not remove the coolingsystem cap when the engine andradiator are hot:When the engine and radiator are hot,scalding coolant and steam may shootout under pressure and cause seriousinjury.

NOTE

Changing the coolant should be doneby an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Inspect the antifreeze protection andcoolant level in the coolant reservoir atleast once a year―at the beginning of thewinter season―and before travelingwhere temperatures may drop belowfreezing.

Inspect the condition and connections ofall cooling system and heater hoses.Replace any that are swollen ordeteriorated.

The coolant should be at full in theradiator and between the F and L markson the coolant reservoir when the engineis cool.

If it's at or near L, add enough coolant tothe coolant reservoir to provide freezingand corrosion protection and to bring thelevel to F.


Owner Maintenance

8-23


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (312,1)

CAUTIONl Radiator coolant will damage paint.Rinse it off quickly if spilled.

l Use only soft (demineralized) waterin the coolant mixture. Water thatcontains minerals will cut down onthe coolant's effectiveness.

l Don't add only water. Always add aproper coolant mixture.

l The engine has aluminum parts andmust be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to preventcorrosion and freezing.

l DO NOT USE coolants ContainingAlcohol, methanol, Borate orSilicate.These coolants could damage thecooling system.

l DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanolwith the coolant. This could damagethe cooling system.

l Don't use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze.This would reduce effectiveness.

NOTE

If the “FL22” mark is shown on or nearthe cooling system cap, use FL22 typeengine coolant. If engine coolant otherthan FL22 type is used, the enginecoolant must be replaced earlier thanthe specified replacement intervalindicated in the scheduled maintenance(page 8-3).

If the coolant reservoir is empty or newcoolant is required frequently, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

8-24


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (313,1)

Brake/Clutch Fluid

qInspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level

The brakes and clutch draw fluid from thesame reservoir.Inspect the fluid level in the reservoirregularly. It should be kept at MAX.The level normally drops withaccumulated distance, a conditionassociated with wear of brake and clutchlinings. If it is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch system inspected by anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

qAdding Brake/Clutch Fluid

WARNINGBe careful not to spill brake fluid onyourself or on the engine:Spilled brake fluid is dangerous. If itgets in your eyes, they could beseriously injured. If this happens,immediately flush your eyes with waterand get medical attention. Brake fluidspilled on a hot engine could cause afire.

If the brake/clutch fluid level is low,have the brakes and clutch inspected:Low brake/clutch fluid levels aredangerous. Low levels could signalbrake lining wear or a brake systemleak. Your brakes could fail and causean accident.

If the fluid level is low, add fluid until itreaches MAX.Before adding fluid, thoroughly clean thearea around the cap.

CAUTIONl Brake and clutch fluid will damagepainted surfaces. If brake or clutchfluid does get on a painted surface,wash it off with water immediately.

l Using nonspecified brake and clutchfluids (page 10-4) will damage thesystems. Mixing different fluids willalso damage them.If the brake/clutch system frequentlyrequires new fluid, consult anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.


Owner Maintenance

8-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (314,1)

Power Steering Fluid

qInspecting Power Steering FluidLevel

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the power steeringpump, don't operate the vehicle for longperiods when the power steering fluidlevel is low.

NOTE

Use specified power steering fluid(page 10-4).

Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir ateach engine oil change with the engine offand cold. Add fluid if necessary; it doesnot require periodic changing.

The level must be kept between MIN andMAX.

Visually examine the lines and hoses forleaks and damage.

If new fluid is required frequently, consultan Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Washer Fluid

qInspecting Washer Fluid Level

WARNINGUse only windshield washer fluid orplain water in the reservoir:Using radiator antifreeze as washerfluid is dangerous. If sprayed on thewindshield, it will dirty the windshield,affect your visibility, and could resultin an accident.

Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze Protection in Cold Weather:Operating your vehicle intemperatures below 4 degrees C (40degrees F) using washer fluid withoutanti-freeze protection is dangerous asit could cause impaired windshieldvision and result in an accident. Incold weather, always use washer fluidwith anti-freeze protection.

NOTE

State or local regulations may restrictthe use of volatile organic compounds(VOCs), which are commonly used asanti-freeze agents in washer fluid. Awasher fluid with limited VOC contentshould be used only if it providesadequate freeze resistance for allregions and climates in which thevehicle will be operated.

8-26


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (315,1)

Inspect fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir; add fluid if necessary.

Use plain water if washer fluid isunavailable.But use only washer fluid in cold weatherto prevent it from freezing.

Body LubricationAll moving points of the body, such asdoor and hood hinges and locks, shouldbe lubricated each time the engine oil ischanged. Use a nonfreezing lubricant onlocks during cold weather.

Make sure the hood's secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.


Owner Maintenance

8-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (316,1)

Wiper Blades

CAUTIONl Hot waxes applied by automatic carwashers have been known to affectthe wiper's ability to clean windows.

l To prevent damage to the wiperblades, don't use gasoline, kerosene,paint thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe blades with foreign matter can reducewiper effectiveness. Common sources areinsects, tree sap, and hot wax treatmentsused by some commercial car washes.

If the blades are not wiping properly,clean the window and blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent; then rinsethoroughly with clean water. Repeat ifnecessary.

qReplacing Windshield Wiper Blades

When the wipers no longer clean well, theblades are probably worn or cracked.Replace them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiper armsand other components, don't try tosweep the wiper arm by hand.

1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the bladeassembly to expose the plastic lockingclip.Compress the clip and slide theassembly downward; then lift it off thearm.

Plastic locking clip

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the windshield letthe wiper arm down easily, don't let itslap down on the windshield.

2. Hold the end of the rubber and pulluntil the tabs are free of the metalsupport.

Metal support

Tab

8-28


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (317,1)

3. Remove the metal stiffeners from eachblade rubber and install them in thenew blade.

CAUTIONl Don't bend or discard the stiffeners.You need to use them again.

l If the metal stiffeners are switched,the blade's wiping efficiency couldbe reduced.So don't use the driver's side metalstiffeners on the passenger's side, orvice versa.

l Be sure to reinstall the metalstiffeners in the new blade rubber sothat the curve is the same as it was inthe old blade rubber.

4. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.Then install the blade assembly in thereverse order of removal.

NOTE

Install the blade so that the tabs aretoward the bottom of the wiper arm.


Owner Maintenance

8-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (318,1)

Battery

WARNINGWash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.

Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspectingto ensure safe and correct handling:

Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery fluid contains SULFURICACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gasproduced during normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery toexplode.

Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid:Spilled battery fluid is dangerous.Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it getsin eyes, or on the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately flush your eyes withwater for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.

Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery fluid could causeserious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.

Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metaltools to contact the positive ( ) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when workingnear a battery. Do not allow the positive ( ) terminal to contact the vehicle body:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all flames includingcigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells.

8-30


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (319,1)

WARNING

Keep all flames, including cigarettes, and sparks away from open battery cells:Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, producedduring normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. Anexploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries.


Owner Maintenance

8-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (320,1)

NOTE

l Remove the rubber hose first, andthen battery cover before performingbattery maintenance.

Battery coverRubber hose

l Before installing the battery cover,make sure both of the cablesconnecting the negative batteryterminal (right side of battery) areconnected with the cables routedtoward the right and back of thebattery as shown in the figure.

qBattery Maintenance

To get the best service from a battery:

l Keep it securely mounted.

l Keep the top clean and dry.

l Keep terminals and connections clean,tight, and coated with petroleum jellyor terminal grease.

l Rinse off spilled electrolyteimmediately with a solution of waterand baking soda.

l If the vehicle will not be used for anextended time, disconnect the batterycables.

8-32


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (321,1)

TiresFor reasons of proper performance, safety,and better fuel economy, always maintainrecommended tire inflation pressures andstay within the recommended load limitsand weight distribution.

WARNINGUsing Different Tire Types:Driving your vehicle with differenttypes of tires is dangerous. It couldcause poor handling and poorbraking; leading to loss of control.

Using Wrong-Sized Tires:Using any other tire size than what isspecified for your Mazda (page 10-6)is dangerous. It could seriously affectride, handling, ground clearance, tireclearance, and speedometercalibration. This could cause you tohave an accident. Use only tires thatare the correct size specified for yourMazda.

qTire Inflation Pressure

WARNINGAlways inflate the tires to the correctpressure:Overinflation or underinflation of tiresis dangerous. Adverse handling orunexpected tire failure could result ina serious accident.Refer to specification charts on page10-6.

The Tire Pressure Monitoring Systemí

does not alleviate the need to check thetire condition every day, includingwhether the tires all look inflated properly.Inspect all tire pressure monthly when thetires are cold. Maintain recommendedpressures for the best ride, handling, andminimum tire wear.When checking the tire pressures, use of adigital tire pressure gauge isrecommended.

Refer to the specification charts (page10-6).


Owner Maintenance

8-33íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (322,1)

NOTE

l Always check tire pressure whentires are cold.

l Warm tires normally exceedrecommended pressures. Don'trelease air from warm tires to adjustthe pressure.

l Underinflation can cause reducedfuel economy, uneven andaccelerated tire wear, and poorsealing of the tire bead, which willdeform the wheel and causeseparation of tire from rim.

l Overinflation can produce a harshride, uneven and accelerated tirewear, and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.Keep your tire pressure at the correctlevels. If one frequently needsinflating, have it inspected.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires ifirregular wear develops. According to thescheduled maintenance charts.Refer toScheduled Maintenance on page 8-3.During rotation, inspect them for correctbalance.

NOTE

Because your vehicle is not equippedwith a spare tire, you cannot do a tirerotation safely with the jack that comeswith your vehicle. Have an AuthorizedMazda Dealer perform tire rotation.

Forward

Also, inspect them for uneven wear anddamage. Abnormal wear is usually causedby one or a combination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressure

l Improper wheel alignment

l Out-of-balance wheel

l Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures tospecification (page 10-6) and inspect thelug nuts for tightness.

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radialtires that have an asymmetrical treadpattern or studs only from front to rear,not from side to side. Tire performancewill be weakened if rotated from side toside.

8-34


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (323,1)

CAUTIONLimited-Slip Differential system;don't use the following:

l Tires not of the designated size

l Tires of different sizes or types at thesame time

l Tires not sufficiently inflated

If these instructions aren't followed, therotation of the left and right wheels willbe different and will thus apply aconstant load on the limited-slipdifferential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in goodcondition:Driving with worn tires is dangerous.Reduced braking, steering, andtraction could result in an accident.

CAUTION(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)When replacing/repairing the tires orwheels or both, have the work done byan Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tirepressure sensors may be damaged.

NOTE

(With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)

l When tires with steel wirereinforcement in the sidewalls areused, the system may not functioncorrectly even with a genuine wheel.Refer to System Error Activation onpage 5-30.

l Be sure to install the tire pressuresensors whenever tires or wheels arereplaced.Refer to Tires and Wheels on page5-31.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicatorwill appear as a solid band across thetread.Replace the tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band isacross the entire tread.


Owner Maintenance

8-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (324,1)

NOTE

Tires degrade over time, even whenthey are not being used on the road. It isrecommended that tires generally bereplaced when they are 6 years or older.Heat caused by hot climates or frequenthigh loading conditions can acceleratethe aging process. Regarding themanufacturing week and year isindicated with 4 digit.Refer to The tire labeling on page 9-23.

qReplacing a Wheel

WARNINGAlways use wheels of the correct sizeon your vehicle:Using a wrong-sized wheel isdangerous. Braking and handlingcould be affected, leading to loss ofcontrol and an accident.

CAUTIONl Awrong-sized wheel may adverselyaffect:

l Tire fitl Wheel and bearing lifel Ground clearancel Snow-chain clearancel Speedometer calibrationl Headlight aiml Bumper heightl Tire Pressure Monitoring Systeml Limited-Slip Differential System

l (With Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem)

l When replacing/repairing the tiresor wheels or both, have the workdone by an Authorized MazdaDealer, or the tire pressure sensorsmay be damaged.

l The wheels equipped on yourMazda are specially designed forinstallation of the tire pressuresensors. Do not use non-genuinewheels, otherwise it may not bepossible to install the tire pressuresensors.

NOTE

Be sure to install the tire pressuresensors whenever tires or wheels arereplaced. Refer to Tires and Wheels onpage 5-31.

When replacing a wheel, make sure thenew one is the same as the original factorywheel in diameter, rim width, and offset.

8-36


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (325,1)

Proper tire balancing provides the bestriding comfort and helps reduce treadwear. Out-of-balance tires can causevibration and uneven wear, such ascupping and flat spots.


Owner Maintenance

8-37


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (326,1)

Light Bulbs

High-mount brake light

License plate lights

Trunk light

Reverse lights

Rear turn signal lights

Brake lights / Taillights

Side-marker lights

Overhead light

Head lights (High beam)

Parking light

Front fog lights

Headlights (Low beam)

Front turn signal lights

Side-marker lights Some models.

8-38


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (327,1)

WARNINGDo not replace the xenon fusion bulbsyourself:Replacing the xenon fusion bulbsyourself is dangerous. Because thexenon fusion bulbs require highvoltage, you could receive an electricshock if the bulbs are handledincorrectly. Consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer when the replacement isnecessary.

Never touch the glass portion of ahalogen bulb with your bare handsand always wear eye protection whenhandling or working around thebulbs:When a halogen bulb breaks, it isdangerous. These bulbs containpressurized gas. If one is broken, itwill explode and serious injuries couldbe caused by the flying glass.If the glass portion is touched withbare hands, body oil could cause thebulb to overheat and explode when lit.

Always keep halogen bulbs out of thereach of children:Playing with a halogen bulb isdangerous. Serious injuries could becaused by dropping a halogen bulb orbreaking it some other way.

qReplacing Exterior Light Bulbs

Replacing the headlight bulbs

1. Make sure the headlight switch is off.

2. Lift the hood and find the high and lowbeam bulbs in the rear of the headlightbody.The outboard bulb is the LOW beam,and the inboard one is the HIGH beam.

High-beam bulbs

1. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pressing the tab onthe connector with your finger andpulling the connector downward.

2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly toremove it. Carefully remove the bulbfrom its socket in the reflector bygently pulling it straight backward outof the socket.

3. Install the new socket and bulbassembly in the reverse order ofremoval.


Owner Maintenance

8-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (328,1)

NOTE

l If the halogen bulb is accidentallytouched, it should be cleaned withrubbing alcohol before being used.

l Use the protective cover and cartonof the replacement bulb to dispose ofthe old bulb promptly out of thereach of children.

Low-beam bulbs

(Xenon fusion bulbs)You cannot replace the low beam bulbs byyourself.The bulbs must be replaced at anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.(Halogen bulbs)

NOTE

Replacing low-beam halogen bulbs isdifficult therefore contacting anAuthorized Mazda Dealer isrecommended.

1. If you are changing the right headlightbulb, start the engine, turn the steeringwheel all the way to the left, and turnoff the engine. If you are changing theleft headlight bulb, turn the steeringwheel to the right.

2. Turn the screws counterclockwise andremove them.

3. Turn the center section of the plasticretainers counterclockwise and removethem, then remove the mudguard.

Removal

Installation

4. Disconnect the electrical connectorfrom the bulb by pulling it to the rear.

8-40


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (329,1)

5. Pull off the sealing cover.

6. Unhook the bulb retaining spring.

7. Swing the retaining spring out andaway to free the headlight bulb.

8. Carefully remove the socket and bulbassembly by pulling it straight back.

9. Remove the headlight bulb from thesocket.


NOTE


l Use the protective cover and cartonfor the replacement bulb to disposeof the old bulb promptly and out ofthe reach of children.

l When reinstalling the sealing cover,make sure faces up.

Front fog light bulbsí

1. If you are changing the right Front foglight bulb, start the engine, turn thesteering wheel all the way to the left,and turn off the engine. If you arechanging the left Front fog light bulb,turn the steering wheel to the right.



Owner Maintenance

8-41íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (330,1)


Removal

Installation

4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise, and carefully pull itbackward.

5. Disconnect the socket and bulbassembly from the electrical connectorby pressing the tab on the connectorwith your finger and pulling it.


NOTE


l Use the protective cover and cartonof the replacement bulb to dispose ofthe old bulb promptly out of thereach of children.

Front turn signal lights

1. If you are changing the right front turnsignal light bulb, start the engine, turnthe steering wheel all the way to theleft, and turn off the engine. If you arechanging the left front turn signal lightbulb, turn the steering wheel to theright.


8-42


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (331,1)


Removal

Installation

4. Turn the socket and bulb assemblycounterclockwise and remove it.

5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.

6. Install the new bulb in the reverse orderof removal.

Parking lights




Front side-marker lights

NOTE

To replace the bulb, contact anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.

1. Slide the unit as shown in the figure toremove it.



Owner Maintenance

8-43


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (332,1)



Brake lights/Taillights, Rear turn signallights, Reverse lights

1. Pull the center section of the plasticretainers and remove them, thenremove the trunk end trim.

Removal

Installation

2. On the side the bulb is to be replaced,pull the center section of the plasticretainers and remove them, thenremove the trunk side trim.

Removal

Installation



Brake lights/TaillightsRear turn signal lightsReverse lights


High-mount brake light

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the LED bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

License plate lights

Due to the complexity and difficulty ofthe procedure, the bulbs should bereplaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

8-44


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (333,1)

qReplacing Interior Light Bulbs

Overhead light

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the overhead light asshown in the figure, and then removethe cover.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.


Trunk light

1. Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a softcloth to prevent damage to the trim andgently insert it in the luggagecompartment light as shown in thefigure, and then remove the luggagecompartment light unit.

2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.



Owner Maintenance

8-45


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (334,1)

FusesYour vehicle's electrical system isprotected by fuses.

If any lights, accessories, or controls don'twork, inspect the appropriate circuitprotector. If a fuse has blown, the insideelement will be melted.

If the same fuse blows again, avoid usingthat system and consult an AuthorizedMazda Dealer as soon as possible.

qFuse Replacement

Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's leftside

If the electrical system doesn't work, firstinspect fuses on the vehicle's left side.

1. Turn off the ignition switch and otherswitches.

2. Remove the cover.

3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fusepuller provided on the inside of theengine compartment fuse block cover.

Fuse puller

Fuse block cover

4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it'sblown.

Normal Blown

5. Push in a new fuse of the sameamperage rating, and make sure it fitstightly. If it doesn't, have an expertrepairer install it. We recommend anAuthorized Mazda Dealer.If you have no spare fuses, borrow oneof the same rating from a circuit notessential to vehicle operation, such asthe MIRROR or CIGAR circuit.

8-46


Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (335,1)

CAUTIONAlways replace a fuse with one of thesame rating. Otherwise you maydamage the electric system.

Replacing the fuses under the hood

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work and the fuses inthe cabin are normal, inspect the fuseblock under the hood. If a fuse is blown, itmust be replaced. Follow these steps:

1. Turn off the ignition switch and allother switches.

2. Remove the fuse block cover.

3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse isblown, replace it with a new one of thesame amperage rating.

Normal Blown

WARNINGDo not replace the main fuse byyourself. Have an Authorized MazdaDealer perform the replacement:Replacing the fuse by yourself isdangerous because the MAIN fuse is ahigh current fuse. Incorrectreplacement could cause an electricalshock or a short circuit resulting in afire.


Owner Maintenance

8-47


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (336,1)

qFuse Panel Description

Fuse block (Engine compartment)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE

RATINGPROTECTED COMPONENT

1 FAN 30 A Cooling fan

2 FAN 7.5 A Cooling fan

3 DEFOG 20 A Rear window defroster

4 H/CLEAN ― ―

5 ROOM 15 AOverhead lights, Luggage compartment light, For protection ofvarious circuits

6 IG KEY2 15 A For protection of various circuits

7 HEATER 40 A Air conditionerí

8 ABS 30 A ABS

9 FOG 15 A Front fog lightsí

10 R.FOG ― ―

11 RHT L 30 A Power retractable hardtop (LH)í

12 RHT R 30 A Power retractable hardtop (RH)í

13 MAG 7.5 A Air conditionerí

14 ST 20 A Starter

15 TAIL 20 A Taillights, Parking lights, License plate lights, illuminations

16 ABS 40 A ABS

8-48


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (337,1)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


17 BTN 30 A For protection of various circuits

18 MAIN 120 A For protection of all circuits

19 EGI INJ 10 A Injector

20 EGI COMP1 10 A Engine control system

21 EGI COMP2 10 A Engine control system

22 HEAD LOW L 15 A Headlight low beam (LH)

23 HEAD LOW R 15 A Headlight low beam (RH)

24 HEAD 15 A Headlight high beams

25 P.WIND 20 A Power windows

26 ENGINE 15 A Engine control system

27 WIPER 20 A Windshield wipers and washer

28 DRL 15 A DRLí

29 HORN 15 A Horn

30 STOP 10 A Brake lights

31 ETV 10 A Electric throttle valve

32 FUEL PUMP 15 A Fuel Pump

33 HAZARD 10 A Turn signals, Hazard warning flashers

34 P.WIND2 20 A Power windowsí

35 IG KEY1 40 A For protection of various circuits


Owner Maintenance

8-49íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (338,1)

Fuse block (Driver's side)

DESCRIPTIONFUSE


1 ACC 7.5 A Audio system, Power control mirror

2 AUX PWR 15 A Accessory Socket

3 METER 15 A Instrument cluster

4 SEAT WARM 20 A Seat warmerí

5 ILLUMI 7.5 A Illumination

6 A/C 7.5 A Air conditionerí

7 ENGINE 7.5 A Engine control system, For protection of various circuits

8 ― ― ―

9 M.DEF ― ―

10 AUDIO 20 A Audio systemí

11 D.LOCK 20 A Power door lock, Trunk opener

12 SILEN ― ―

13 ― ― ―

14 ― ― ―

15 ― ― ―

16 ― ― ―

8-50


íSome models.

Owner Maintenance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (339,1)

How to MinimizeEnvironmental Paint Damage

The paintwork on your Mazda representsthe latest technical developments incomposition and methods of application.

Environmental hazards, however, canharm the paint's protective properties, ifproper care is not taken.

Here are some examples of possibledamage, with tips on how to preventthem.

qEtching Caused by Acid Rain orIndustrial Fallout

Occurrence

Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissionsdrift into the air and mix with rain or dewto form acids. These acids can settle on avehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,the acid becomes concentrated and candamage the finish.And the longer the acid remains on thesurface, the greater the chance is fordamage.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou suspect that acid rain has settled onyour vehicle's finish.

qDamage Caused by BirdDropping, Insects, or Tree Sap

Occurrence

Bird droppings contain acids. If thesearen't removed they can eat away the clearand color base coat of the vehicle'spaintwork.

When insects stick to the paint surfaceand decompose, corrosive compoundsform. These can erode the clear and colorbase coat of the vehicle's paintwork ifthey are not removed.

Tree sap will harden and adherepermanently to the paint finish. If youscratch the sap off while it is hard, somevehicle paint could come off with it.

Prevention

It is necessary to have your Mazdawashed and waxed to preserve its finishaccording to the instructions in thissection. This should be done as soon aspossible.

Bird droppings can be removed with asoft sponge and water. If you are travelingand these are not available, a moistenedtissue may also take care of the problem.The cleaned area should be waxedaccording to the instructions in thissection.Insects and tree sap are best removed witha soft sponge and water or a commerciallyavailable chemical cleaner.

Another method is to cover the affectedarea with dampened newspaper for one totwo hours. After removing the newspaper,rinse off the loosened debris with water.


Appearance Care

8-51


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (340,1)

qWater Marks

Occurrence

Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water cancontain harmful minerals such as salt andlime. If moisture containing theseminerals settles on the vehicle andevaporates, the minerals will concentrateand harden to form white rings. The ringscan damage your vehicle's finish.

Prevention

It is necessary to wash and wax yourvehicle to preserve its finish according tothe instructions in this section. Thesesteps should be taken immediately afteryou find water marks on your vehicle'sfinish.

qPaint Chipping

Occurrence

Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrownin the air by another vehicle's tires hitsyour vehicle.

How to avoid paint chipping

Keeping a safe distance between you andthe vehicle ahead reduces the chances ofhaving your paint chipped by flyinggravel.

NOTE

l The paint chipping zone varies withthe speed of the vehicle. Forexample, when traveling at 90 km/h(56 mph), the paint chipping zone is50 m (164 ft).

l In low temperatures a vehicle's finishhardens. This increases the chance ofpaint chipping.

l Chipped paint can lead to rustforming on your Mazda. Before thishappens, repair the damage by usingMazda touch-up paint according tothe instructions in this section.Failure to repair the affected areacould lead to serious rusting andexpensive repairs.

8-52


Appearance Care


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (341,1)

Exterior CareFollow all label and container directionswhen using a chemical cleaner or polish.Read all warnings and cautions.

qMaintaining the Finish

Washing

To help protect the finish from rust anddeterioration, wash your Mazdathoroughly and frequently, at least once amonth, with lukewarm or cold water.

If the vehicle is washed improperly, thepaint surface could be scratched. Here aresome examples of how scratching couldoccur.

Scratches occur on the paint surfacewhen:

l The vehicle is washed without firstrinsing off dirt and other foreignmatter.

l The vehicle is washed with a rough,dry, or dirty cloth.

l The vehicle is washed at a car washthat uses brushes that are dirty or toostiff.

l Cleansers or wax containing abrasivesare used.

NOTE

l Mazda is not responsible forscratches caused by automatic carwashes or improper washing.

l Scratches are more noticeable onvehicles with darker paint finishes.

To minimize scratches on the vehicle'spaint finish:

l Rinse off any dirt or other foreignmatter using lukewarm or cold waterbefore washing.

l Use plenty of lukewarm or cold waterand a soft cloth when washing thevehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.

l Rub gently when washing or drying thevehicle.

l Take your vehicle only to a car washthat keeps its brushes well maintained.

l Don't use abrasive cleansers or waxthat contain abrasives.

CAUTIONl Don't use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline or causticagents on chrome-plated or anodizedaluminum parts. This may damagethe protective coating; also, cleanersand detergents may discolor ordeteriorate the paint.

l To prevent damaging the antenna,remove it before entering a car washfacility or passing beneath a lowoverhead clearance.

Pay special attention to removing salt,dirt, mud, and other foreign material fromthe underside of the fenders, and makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are clean.


Appearance Care

8-53


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (342,1)

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective, use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

Thoroughly rinse off all soap withlukewarm or cold water. Don't allow soapto dry on the finish.

After washing the vehicle, dry it with aclean chamois to prevent water spots fromforming.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

Waxing

Your vehicle needs to be waxed whenwater no longer beads on the finish.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.

1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.Waxes containing abrasive will removepaint and could damage bright metalparts.

2. Use a good grade of natural wax formetallic, mica, and solid colors.

3. When waxing, coat evenly with thesponge supplied or a soft cloth.

4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.

NOTE

A spot remover to remove oil, tar, andsimilar materials will usually also takeoff the wax. Rewax these areas even ifthe rest of the vehicle doesn't need it.

qRepairing Damage to the Finish

Deep scratches or chips on the finishshould be repaired promptly. Exposedmetal quickly rusts and can lead to majorrepairs.

CAUTIONIf your Mazda is damaged and needsmetal parts repaired or replaced, makesure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to all parts, bothrepaired and new. This will preventthem from rusting.

qBright-Metal Maintenance

l Use tar remover to remove road tar andinsects. Never do this with a knife orsimilar tool.

l To prevent corrosion on bright-metalsurfaces, apply wax or chromepreservative and rub it to a high luster.

l During cold weather or in coastal areas,cover bright-metal parts with a coatingof wax or preservative heavier thanusual. It would also help to coat themwith noncorrosive petroleum jelly orsome other protective compound.

8-54


Appearance Care


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (343,1)

CAUTIONDon't use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,or strong detergents containing highlyalkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts.This may result in damage to theprotective coating and causediscoloration or paint deterioration.

qUnderbody Maintenance

Road chemicals and salt used for ice andsnow removal and solvents used for dustcontrol may collect on the underbody. Ifnot removed, they will speed up rustingand deterioration of such underbody partsas fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaustsystem, even though these parts may becoated with anti-corrosive material.

Thoroughly flush the underbody andwheel housings with lukewarm or coldwater at the end of each winter. Try alsoto do this every month.

Pay special attention to these areasbecause they easily hide mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wetdown the road grime without removingit.

The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holes thatshould not be clogged. Water trappedthere will cause rusting.

WARNINGDry wet brakes by driving very slowlyand applying the brakes lightly untilbrake performance is normal:Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.Increased stopping distance or thevehicle pulling to one side whenbraking could result in a seriousaccident. Light braking will indicatewhether the brakes have been affected.

qAluminumWheel Maintenance

A protective coating is provided over thealuminum wheels. Special care is neededto protect this coating.

NOTE

l Don't use a wire brush or anyabrasive cleaner, polishingcompound, or solvent on aluminumwheels. They may damage thecoating.

l Only use a mild soap or neutraldetergent and always use a sponge orsoft cloth to clean the wheels.Rinse thoroughly with lukewarm orcold water. Also, be sure to clean thewheels after driving on dusty orsalted roads. This helps preventcorrosion.

l Avoid washing your vehicle in anautomatic car wash that uses high-speed or hard brushes.

l If your aluminum wheels lose luster,wax the wheels.


Appearance Care

8-55


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (344,1)

qConvertible Top Maintenanceí

The convertible top is made of a specialhigh-grade material, but if it's not takengood care of, hardening, staining, and lossof luster will result. Maintain it underthese guidelines.

Washing

Don't wait until the convertible top getsreally dirty before cleaning it. Dirt that'sthere too long will cause deterioration.

1. Before washing, remove dust andcoarse particulate with a soft brush.

2. Gently clean the convertible top with asynthetic neutral detergent, lots ofwater, and a soft brush.

3. Rinse it thoroughly with clean water toremove all the soap.

4. Wipe it as dry as you can before thewater dries on it.

5. Then allow it to dry completely beforelowering it.

CAUTIONl Automatic and high-pressure carwashes are harmful to a convertibletop. Avoid them.

l Don't spray water directly on thearea where the window glass and theconvertible top meet. This wouldprobably cause water to enter thecabin.

Appearance(Polyvinyl only)

Dress the convertible top once a monthafter washing and drying it well. For bestresults, use a water-based leathertreatment or vinyl top dressing. This willhelp maintain good appearance andmaterial condition of the convertible top.

CAUTIONl Some leather treatment products canruin the convertible top's gloss. Becareful of the one you choose.

l Test on an inconspicuous, smallcorner of the convertible top if youare not sure.

l Don't get any car wax on theconvertible top.If you do, remove it with a goodleather cleaner.

l Too much treatment on theconvertible top can be as damagingas too little. Follow themanufacturer's directions.Don't overdo it!

l Let the convertible top drycompletely before lowering afterapplying treatment or dressing.

qHardtop Maintenanceí

Washing

To help protect the hardtop's finish, use asoft cloth or sponge to wash it.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial fallout, and similar deposits candamage the finish if they are not removedimmediately. When prompt washing withplain water is ineffective use a mild soapmade for use on vehicles.

8-56


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (345,1)

CAUTIONl Don't use an automatic car wash.

l Don't use strong soap, chemicaldetergents, or hot water, and don'twash the hardtop in direct sunlight orwhen the surface is warm.

Thoroughly rinse with lukewarm or coldwater. Don't allow soap to dry on thefinish.

Waxing

Wax the hardtop when water no longerbeads on the paint. Always wash and dryit before waxing.

CAUTIONl Wiping off dust or dirt with a drycloth will scratch the finish.

l Don't use abrasive wax. This maydamage the protective coating anddiscolor or deteriorate the paint.

NOTE

A spot remover to remove oil, tar, andsimilar materials will usually also takeoff the wax. Rewax these areas.

Interior Care

qDashboard Precautions

Prevent caustic solutions such as perfumeand cosmetic oils from contacting thedashboard. They'll damage and discolor it.If these solutions get on the dashboard,wipe them off immediately.

CAUTIONDo not use glazing agents.Glazing agents contain ingredientswhich may cause discoloration,wrinkling, cracks and peeling.

qCleaning the Upholstery andInterior Trim

Vinyl

Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl with a leather-and-vinylcleaner.

Leatherí

Real leather isn't uniform and may havescars, scratches, and wrinkles. Clean itwith a leather cleaner or mild soap.If the leather gets wet from rain, removethe moisture as soon as possible and dryin a shaded area.If the seats get wet, promptly removemoisture with a dry cloth and allow it tofurther dry in a shaded area.If moisture is not removed, it will causehardening and shrinkage of the leather.Do not leave vinyl products on the seatsfor long periods as they may affect theleather quality and coloring.


Appearance Care

8-57íSome models.


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (346,1)

Fabric

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean it with a mild soap solution goodfor upholstery and carpets. Remove freshspots immediately with a fabric spotcleaner.

To keep the fabric looking clean andfresh, take care of it. Otherwise its colorwill be affected, it can be stained easily,and its fire-resistance may be reduced.

CAUTIONUse only recommended cleaners andprocedures. Others may affectappearance and fire-resistance.

Piano black panelí

The following parts are fitted with panelsthat have been treated with a specialcoating that resists scratching.Center panelWhen the panel needs to be cleaned, use asoft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface.

NOTE

Scratches or nicks on the panelsresulting from the use of a hard brush orcloth may not be repairable.

qCleaning the Lap/Shoulder BeltWebbing

Clean the webbing with a mild soapsolution recommended for upholstery orcarpets. Follow instructions. Don't bleachor dye the webbing; this may weaken it.

After cleaning the belts, thoroughly drythe belt webbing and make sure there isno remaining moisture before retractingthem.

WARNINGHave an Authorized Mazda Dealerreplace damaged seat beltsimmediately:Using damaged seat belts isdangerous. In a collision, damagedbelts cannot provide adequateprotection.

qCleaning the Window Interiors

If the windows become covered with anoily, greasy, or waxy film, clean themwith glass cleaner. Follow the directionson the container.

CAUTIONDon't scrape or scratch the inside of therear window. You may damage the rearwindow defroster grid.

8-58


íSome models.

Appearance Care


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (347,1)

9 Customer Information and ReportingSafety Defects

Important consumer information including warranties and add-on equipment.

Customer Assistance ............................... 9-2Customer Assistance (U.S.A.) ............ 9-2Customer Assistance (Canada) ........... 9-4Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico) .... 9-7Customer Assistance (Mexico) ........... 9-8

Mazda Importer/Distributors ............... 9-10Importer/Distributor .......................... 9-10Distributor in Each Area ................... 9-10

Warranty ................................................ 9-12Warranties for Your Mazda ............... 9-12Outside the United States andCanada .............................................. 9-13Outside the United States .................. 9-14Outside Canada ................................. 9-15Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry (Except United States andCanada) ............................................. 9-16Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17

Cell Phones ............................................. 9-18Cell Phones Warning ......................... 9-18

Type Approval of Equipment ............... 9-19Type Approval of Equipment(Mexico) ............................................ 9-19

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) ................................................ 9-21

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System(UTQGS) .......................................... 9-21

Tire Information (U.S.A.) ..................... 9-23Tire Labeling ..................................... 9-23Location of the Tire Label(Placard) ............................................ 9-29Tire Maintenance .............................. 9-32Vehicle Loading ................................ 9-35Steps for Determining the Correct LoadLimit: ................................................ 9-42

Reporting Safety Defects ....................... 9-43Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.) .... 9-43Reporting Safety Defects (Canada) ... 9-44

Service Publications .............................. 9-45Service Publications .......................... 9-45

9-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (348,1)

Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

NOTE

If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement, you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the followingways.

Log on: at www.mazdaUSA.com

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inthe U.S., can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contact Us” at the bottom of the page at www.mazdaUSA.com

By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

9-2

Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects

Customer Assistance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (349,1)

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:

1. Your name, address, and telephone number

2. Year and model of vehicle

3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located onthe upper driver's side corner of the dash)

4. Purchase date and current mileage

5. Your dealer's name and location

6. Your question(s)

If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.


Customer Assistance

9-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (350,1)

Customer Assistance (Canada)

qSatisfaction Review Process

Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All AuthorizedMazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. Inour experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of yourMazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by yourdealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normaldealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager hasalready reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its GeneralManager.

qSTEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office

If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange foryou to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact MazdaCanada Inc.Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office addressand phone numbers are shown (page 9-6).

qSTEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department

If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, MazdaCanada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)263-4680.Provide the Department with the following information:

1. Your name, address and telephone number


3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the “Vehicle Identification Labels” pageof section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN.

4. Purchase date

5. Present odometer reading


7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction

The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will reviewthe case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.

9-4


Customer Assistance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (351,1)

Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use ofyour Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow theabove three steps in sequence for most effective results.

qMediation/Arbitration Program

Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's CustomerSatisfaction Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is stillnot resolved, you have another option.

Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you abouthow your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party throughbinding arbitration.

Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving thatgoal. There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as theaward is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.

qCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)

If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,Mazda, and/or one of it's dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wishto use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).

CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in schedulingand preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed withCAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.


Customer Assistance

9-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (352,1)

CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact theProvincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting theCanadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at:

Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300North York, OntarioM2J 4Y8http://camvap.caProvincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below:

Province/Territory CAMVAP Number

British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685

Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685

Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685

Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685

Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685

Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685

qRegional Offices

REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED

MAZDA CANADA INC.WESTERN REGION

8171 ACKROYD ROADSUITE 2000

RICHMOND B.C.V6X 3K1

(604) 303-5670

ALBERTA,BRITISH COLUMBIA,

MANITOBA,SASKATCHEWAN,

YUKON

MAZDA CANADA INC.CENTRAL/ATLANTIC REGION

55 VOGELL ROAD,RICHMOND HILL,ONTARIO, L4B 3K5

(905) 787-7000

ONTARIO

MAZDA CANADA INC.QUEBEC REGION

6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE

POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBECH9R 5A5

(514) 694-6390

QUEBEC,NEW BRUNSWICK,NOVA SCOTIA,

PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,NEWFOUNDLAND

9-6


Customer Assistance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (353,1)

Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all AuthorizedMazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in topcondition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERALMANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.

qSTEP 2

If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact yourarea's Mazda representative (Indicated on the next page).

Please help us by providing the following information:






6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (354,1)

Customer Assistance (Mexico)Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. AllAuthorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehiclein top condition.If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service ofyour Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you takethe following steps:

qSTEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer

Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way toaddress the issue.

l If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER ofthe dealership or the OWNER.

l If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementaryrestraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions inaccordance with a certified physician, go to STEP2.

qSTEP 2: Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico

If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealershipmanagement and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for thesupplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medicalconditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexicoby one of the following ways.

Log on: at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership inMexico, can be found here.

E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.MazdaMexico.com.mx

By phone at: 1 (866) 315 0220

9-8


Customer Assistance


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (355,1)

By letter at:Attn: Customer AssistanceMazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734

In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the followinginformation:






6. Your question(s)


Customer Assistance

9-9


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (356,1)

Importer/Distributor

qU.S.A.

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, CA 92618-2922 U.S.A.P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)

Distributor in Each Area

qCANADA

Mazda Canada Inc.55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,Ontario, L4B 3K5 CanadaTEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)

qPUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island

Plaza Motors Corp. (Mazda de PuertoRico)P.O. Box 362722, San Juan, Puerto Rico00936-2722TEL: (787) 641-9300

qMEXICO

Mazda Motor de MexicoCircuito Guillermo Gonzalez Camarena N1500 Col. Centro de Ciudad Santa Fe.01210, Mexico, D.F.TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico

qGUAM

Triple J Motors157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,GUAM 96911 USAP.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931TEL: (671) 649-6555

qSAIPAN

Pacific International Marianas, Inc.(d.b.a. Midway Motors)P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950TEL: (670) 234-7524

9-10


Mazda Importer/Distributors


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (357,1)

Triple J Saipan, Inc.(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051

qAMERICAN SAMOA

Polynesia Motors, Inc.P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, AmericanSamoa 96799TEL: (684) 699-9347


Mazda Importer/Distributors

9-11


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (358,1)

Warranties for Your Mazdal New Vehicle Limited Warranty

l Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty (Canada only)

l Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty

l Anti-perforation Limited Warranty

l Federal Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Defect Warrantyl Emission Performance Warranty

l California Emission Control Warranty (U.S.A. only)

l Emission Control Warranty (Canada only)

l Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

l Tire Warranty

NOTE

Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda.

9-12


Warranty


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (359,1)

Outside the United States and CanadaGovernment regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meetspecific emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in theUnited States, its territories, and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside these areas.You may have these problems if you do:

l Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel willaffect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.

l Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not beavailable.

The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated inthe United States, its territories, and Canada.


Warranty

9-13


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (360,1)

Outside the United StatesGovernment regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specificemission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the UnitedStates may differ from those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside the United States. However, in the event that you are moving to Canadapermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible forexportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety requirements (CMVSS).

NOTE

The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related totravelers on vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the UnitedStates:



Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.

9-14


Warranty


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (361,1)

Outside CanadaGovernment regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emissionregulations and safety regulations. Therefore, vehicles built for use in Canada may differfrom those sold in other countries.

The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receivesatisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take yourMazda outside Canada. However, in the event that you are moving to the United Statespermanently, Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to theUnited States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS).

NOTE

The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related totravelers on vacation.

You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada:



Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.


Warranty

9-15


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (362,1)

Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (ExceptUnited States and Canada)

Government regulations in your country could require that automobiles meet specificemission and safety standards.Vehicles built for your country may differ from those built for other countries. In additionto registration problems, satisfactory service may be difficult or even impossible in anothercountry.

The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.

Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may beunavailable.

There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take yourvehicle.

The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.

9-16


Warranty


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (363,1)

Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and AccessoriesNon-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazdavehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect yourvehicle's performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before youinstall any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

WARNINGAlways consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts oraccessories:Installation of non-genuine parts or accessories is dangerous. Improperly designedparts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle's performance or safetysystems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuriesin an accident.

Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobiletelephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing animproper installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing enginestalling, air-bag (SRS) activation, ABS inactivation, or a fire in the vehicle.

Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from theinstallation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.


Warranty

9-17


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (364,1)

Cell Phones Warning

WARNINGPlease comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicationequipment in vehicles in your country:Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehiclenavigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use ofthese devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident.If a passenger is unable to use the device, pull off the right-of-way to a safe areabefore use. If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning, use a hands-freesystem to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone orother electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and, instead, concentrate on thefull-time job of driving.

9-18


Cell Phones


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (365,1)

Type Approval of Equipment (Mexico)

Immobilizer system


Type Approval of Equipment

9-19


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (366,1)

Keyless entry system

9-20


Type Approval of Equipment


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (367,1)

Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, andtemperature performance.

qTread Wear

The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, servicepractices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

qTraction-AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance.

WARNINGThe traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) tractiontests and does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peaktraction characteristics.

qTemperature-A, B, C

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.

Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meetunder the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required bylaw.


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)

9-21


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (368,1)

WARNINGKeep your vehicle's tires properly inflated and not overloaded:Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can causeheat buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.

These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next severalyears according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.

The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may varywith respect to grade.

ALL PASSENGERVEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES ANDTO ALL OTHER FEDERALTIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

qUniform Tire Quality Grading

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width.For example:Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A

UTQGS MARK (example)

9-22


Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (369,1)

Tire LabelingFederal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall ofall tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case ofa recall.

qInformation on Passenger Vehicle Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number

2. Passenger car tire

3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

5. Radial

6. Rim diameter code

7. Load index & speed symbol

8. Severe snow conditions

9. Tire ply composition and materials used

10. Max. load rating


Tire Information (U.S.A.)

9-23


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (370,1)

11. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades

12. Max. permissible inflation pressure

13. SAFETY WARNING

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

P

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

NOTE

If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by eitherETRTO (European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan TireManufacturing Association).

215

“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.

65

“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

R

“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.

15

“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

95

“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

9-24




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (371,1)

H

“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168* mph

Y 186* mph

* For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. Fortires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow

AT: All Terrain.AS: All Season. The “M+S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use inmud and snow.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)

This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. Thenext two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last fournumbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codesused at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tiredefect requires a recall.

Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used

The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Ingeneral, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,and other.

Maximum Load Rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried bythe tire.

Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire undernormal driving conditions.



9-25


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (372,1)

Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades

Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The gradesrepresent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditionson specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire'sresistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Snow Tires

In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with verydeeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels.Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the othertires on your vehicle.

SAFETYWARNING

The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:

l EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa)TO SEAT BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNTTIRES.

l TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE-FREQUENTLYCHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE.

9-26




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (373,1)

qInformation on Temporary Tires

Please refer to the diagram below.

1. Temporary tires

2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters

3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)

4. Diagonal

5. Rim diameter code

6. Load index&speed symbol

T115/70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanationof the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size andload index rating may be different from the example.

T

Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designatedby the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).

115

“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives thewidth in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the largerthe number, the wider the tire.



9-27


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (374,1)

70

“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.

D

“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.

16

“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.

90

“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight eachtire can support.

M

“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use ofthe tire is rated.

Letter Rating Speed Rating

M 81 mph

9-28




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (375,1)

Location of the Tire Label (Placard)You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other importantinformation on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.

SAMPLE

qRecommended Tire Inflation Pressure

On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psifor the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that theinflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure ismaintained.Refer to Tires on page 10-6.

NOTE

Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate therecommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after thevehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tirewarms up, increasing the tire pressure.



9-29


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (376,1)

WARNINGAlways check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to therecommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with theinformation in this owner's manual:Driving your vehicle with under-inflated tires is dangerous.Under-inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and mayresult in severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexingand rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. Itresults in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tirecan lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by lookingat them.

qChecking Tire Pressure

1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are nothot from driving even a mile.

2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.

3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.

4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.

5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of thevalve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.

6. Replace the valve cap.

7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.

NOTE

Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.

8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded thatcould poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.

9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or otherirregularities.

9-30




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (377,1)

NOTE

Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures. Don't release air from warm tiresto adjust the pressure.Under-inflation can cause serious failures and accidents.Over-inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from roadhazards.

qGlossary of Terms

Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, andthe maximum weight the vehicle can carry.Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providinginformation about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date ofmanufacture.Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants andcargo.Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it'smounted on the vehicle.

Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacityis described on the tire label.

Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular productionoptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace,and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavyduty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.

Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tirebeads are seated.



9-31


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (378,1)

Tire MaintenanceImproper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here aresome important maintenance points:

qTire Inflation Pressure

Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintainrecommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use thepressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.

qTire Rotation

To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner if irregularwear develops. During rotation, inspect them for correct balance.

Forward

Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or acombination of the following:

l Incorrect tire pressure

l Improper wheel alignment

l Out-of-balance wheel

l Severe braking

After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 10-6) and inspect the lug nutsfor tightness.

9-32




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (379,1)

CAUTIONRotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern orstuds only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened ifrotated from side to side.

(With limited-slip differential)Don't use the following:

l Tires not of the designated size

l Tires of different sizes or types at the same time

l Tires not sufficiently inflated

If these instructions aren't followed, the rotation of the left and right wheels will bedifferent and will thus apply a constant load on the limited-slip differential.This will cause a malfunction.

qReplacing a Tire

WARNINGAlways use tires that are in good condition:Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction couldresult in an accident.

If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. Replacethe tire when this happens.

New tread

Tread wear indicator

Worn tread

You should replace it before the band is across the entire tread.



9-33


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (380,1)

NOTE

Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It isrecommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heatcaused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the agingprocess. Regarding the manufacturing week and year is indicated with 4 digit. Refer toThe tire labeling on page 9-23.

qSafety Practices

The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivategood driving habits for your own benefit.

l Observe posted speed limits

l Avoid fast starts, stops and turns

l Avoid potholes and objects on the road

l Do no run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking

CAUTIONIf you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tireor vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution untilyou can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your sparetire. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tiredealer to have the vehicle inspected.

9-34




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (381,1)

Vehicle Loading

WARNINGDo not taw a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to towa trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.

This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and/or trailer, to keepyour loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer.Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance.Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determiningyour vehicle's weight ratings, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle's SafetyCertification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:

WARNINGOverloaded Vehicle:Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have seriousconsequences in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspensionsystem can cause spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steeringproblems, irregular tire wear, tire failure or other damage.Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distancerequired for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely,particularly on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of thesize of the tire, its load range, and corresponding inflation pressure.Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from thevehicle's Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels.



9-35


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (382,1)

Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and allstandard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from yourdealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed tocarry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and LoadInformation label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THECOMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVEREXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tirelabel is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If anyaftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight ofthe equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to beaccurate.

9-36




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (383,1)

SAMPLE

CARGO

Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo andoptional equipment. When towing, trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part ofcargo weight.

The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargoweight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants fromthe “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tirelabel.



9-37


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (384,1)

Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg, and a value of 385 kg for the“combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg _ 68 kg = 317 kgThe cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg _ (68 × 2) kg = 249 kgIf the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carriedby a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety ComplianceCertification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load oneach axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight + cargo + passengers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fullyloaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR isshown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's doorframe or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.

9-38




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (385,1)

SAMPLE

WARNINGExceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits:Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous andcould result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling,performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to thevehicle, or loss of control.Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.

Do not taw a trailer with this vehicle:Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to towa trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicledamage.



9-39


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (386,1)

GCW

GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW) plus theweight of the fully loaded trailer.

GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of thevehicle and the loaded trailer - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle canhandle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle's braking system is ratedfor operation at GVWR, not at GCWR. Separate functional brakes should be used for safecontrol of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1,500 lbs). The GCW mustnever exceed the GCWR.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailerthe vehicle can tow. It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options, no cargo (internal orexternal), a tongue load of 10_15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15_25%(fifth-wheel trailer), and driver only (150 lbs). Consult your dealership (or the RVandTrailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership) for more detailed information.Tongue Load or Fifth-Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that atrailer pushes down on a trailer hitch.

Examples: For a 5000 lb conventional trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and 0.15 to obtain aproper tongue load range of 500 to 750 lbs. For an 11,500 lb fifth-wheel trailer, multiply by0.15 and 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1,725 to 2,875 lbs.

9-40




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (387,1)

WARNINGExceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications:Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous.Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, ordamage to the vehicle.Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originalsbecause they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacementtires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWRlimitations.Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.



9-41


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (388,1)

Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit:Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit:

(1) Locate the statement “The combination weight of occupants and cargo should neverexceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your vehicle's placard.

(2) Determine the combination weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding inyour vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combination weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXXlbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lbpassengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs. (1400_ 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)

(5) Determine the combination weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred toyour vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargoand luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

9-42




Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (389,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldcause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda MotorCorporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your MazdaImporter/Distributor).

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153) ; go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to:Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590. Youcan also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

NOTE

If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should beforwarded to:

Mazda North American Operations7755 Irvine Center DriveIrvine, California 92618-2922P.O. Box 19734Irvine, CA 92623-9734Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500

If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown(page 9-10) in this booklet.


Reporting Safety Defects

9-43


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (390,1)

Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, DefectInvestigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contactTransport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.

For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm

9-44


Reporting Safety Defects


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (391,1)

Service PublicationsFactory-authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to dosome of their own maintenance and repair.

When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to thechart below.

If they don't have what you need in stock, they can order it for you.

PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION

9999-95-042B-07 2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (English)

9999-MX-042B-07 2007 WORKSHOP MANUAL (Spanish)

9999-95-026G-07 2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (English)

9999-MX-026G-07 2007 WIRING DIAGRAM (Spanish)

9999-95-031C-07 (U.S.A. only) 2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-EC-031C-07 (Canada only) 2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

9999-PR-031C-07 (Puerto Rico, Mexico only) 2007 OWNER'S MANUAL

qWORKSHOP MANUAL:

Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train, body andchassis.

qWIRING DIAGRAM:

Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electricalsystem.

qOWNER'S MANUAL:

This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle.This is not a technician's manual.


Service Publications

9-45


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (392,1)

9-46


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (393,1)

10 Specifications

Technical information about your Mazda.

Identification Numbers ............................................................... 10-2Vehicle Information Labels ..................................................... 10-2

Specifications ............................................................................... 10-4Specifications .......................................................................... 10-4

10-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (394,1)

Vehicle Information Labels

qVehicle Identification Number

The vehicle identification number legallyidentifies your vehicle. The number is ona plate attached to the cowl panel locatedon the left corner of the dashboard. Thisplate can easily be seen through thewindshield.

qMotor Vehicle Safety Standard Label

qChassis Number

qVehicle Emission ControlInformation Label

10-2

Identification Numbers


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (395,1)

qTire Pressure Label

qEngine Number

Forward

Identification Numbers

10-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (396,1)

Specifications

qEngine

Item Specification

Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder

Bore×Stroke 87.5 × 83.1 mm (3.44 × 3.27 in)

Displacement 1,999 ml (1,999 cc, 122.0 cu in)

Compression ratio 10.8

qElectrical System

Item Classification

Battery 12V-36AH/5HR

Spark-plug number L3G2 18 110*1, L3Y1 18 110

Spark-plug gap 1.25―1.35 mm (0.050―0.053 in)

*1 ex factory

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The fine particulate coating onthe iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.

qLubricant Quality

Lubricant Classification

Engine oilRefer to the recommended SAE viscosity numberson page 8-21.

Manual transmissionoil

5-speedtransmission

Any temperatureAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Above 10°C (50°F)API Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 80W-90

6-speed transmissionAPI Service GL-4 or GL-5

SAE 75W-90

Automatic transmission fluid JWS3309

Power steering fluid ATF M-III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron® II)

Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3

Rear differential oil

API Service GL-5

SAE

90

80W-90

75W-90*1

*1 Not available from Mazda

10-4

Specifications


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (397,1)

qCapacities

(Approximate Quantities)

Item Capacity

Engine oil

With oil filterreplacement

4.3 L (4.5 US qt, 3.8 Imp qt)

Without oil filterreplacement

3.9 L (4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt)

Coolant 7.5 L (7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt)

Manual transmission oil5-speed transmission 2.0 L (2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)

6-speed transmission 2.1 L (2.2 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt)

Automatic transmission fluid 7.4 L (7.8 US qt, 6.5 Imp qt)

Rear differential oil 0.7 L (0.7 US qt, 0.6 Imp qt)

Fuel tank 48 L (12.7 US gal, 10.6 Imp gal)

Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.

qDimensions

Item Vehicle specification

Overall lengthWith license plate holder 3,995 mm (157.3 in)

Without license plate holder 3,990 mm (157.1 in)

Overall width 1,720 mm (67.7 in)

Overall heightSoft top 1,245 mm (49.0 in)

Hardtop 1,255 mm (49.4 in)

Track, front 1,490 mm (58.7 in)

Track, rear 1,495 mm (58.9 in)

Wheelbase 2,330 mm (91.7 in)

qWeights

ItemWeight

Without power retractablehardtop

With power retractablehardtop

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) 1,396 kg (3,078 lbs) 1,416 kg (3,122 lbs)

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)Front 714 kg (1,574 lbs) 714 kg (1,574 lbs)

Rear 682 kg (1,504 lbs) 702 kg (1,548 lbs)

qAir Conditioner

Gas complies with SAE J639 Maximum operating charge

HFC134a (R-134a) 0.45 kg (1.0 lb)

Specifications

10-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (398,1)

qLight Bulbs

Exterior light

Light bulbCategory

Wattage ECE R (SAE)

Headlights

High beam 65 H9 (―)

Low beamHalogen 55 H7 (―)

Xenon fusion 35 D2S (―)

Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W (―)

Parking lights 5 W5W (―)

Fog lightsí 55 H11 (―)

Side-marker lights 5 ― (―)

High-mount brake light*1 1 ― (―)

Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (―)

Brake lights/Taillights (Rear side-marker lights) 21/5 W21/5W (#7443)

Reverse lights 18.4 W16W (#921)

License plate lights 5 W5W (―)

*1 Bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit. Replace the unit.

Interior light

Light bulb Wattage

Overhead light 10

Trunk light 8

qTires

NOTE

The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same typeoriginally fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.

Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure. Refer to Tire InflationPressure on page 8-33.

Standard tire

Tire size Inflation pressure

205/50R16 87V 200 kPa (29 psi)

205/45R17 84W 200 kPa (29 psi)

10-6 íSome models.

Specifications


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (399,1)

qFuses

Refer to the fuse rating on page 8-46.

Specifications

10-7


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (400,1)

10-8


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (401,1)

11 Index

11-1


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (402,1)

A

Accessory Socket .............................. 6-47Add-On Non-Genuine Parts andAccessories ....................................... 9-17Advanced Key ..................................... 3-2

Advanced key maintenance ......... 3-5Advanced key suspendfunction ...................................... 3-17Auxiliary key .............................. 3-17Locking, unlocking with requestswitch ........................................... 3-8Opening the trunk lid with requestswitch ......................................... 3-10Operation range ............................ 3-7Remote control function ............. 3-14Service ......................................... 3-6When warning indicator/beep isactivated ..................................... 3-21

Air Bag Systems ............................... 2-26Antenna ............................................. 6-10Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ......... 5-7

Warning light ............................... 5-7Appearance Care ............................... 8-51Audio

Audio control switch .................. 6-40Audio System ................................... 6-10

Audio set .................................... 6-21Operating tips for audiosystem ........................................ 6-10Safety certification ..................... 6-42

Automatic TransmissionDriving tips ................................ 5-19Manual shift mode ..................... 5-14Shift-lock system ....................... 5-14Transmission ranges ................... 5-13

B

BatteryEmergency starting .................... 7-21Maintenance ............................... 8-30Specifications ............................. 10-4

Beep SoundsIgnition key reminder ................. 5-51Lights-on reminder ..................... 5-51Seat belt warning beep ............... 5-51Tire inflation pressure warningbeep ............................................ 5-51

Before Starting the Engine .................. 4-5After getting in ............................. 4-5Before getting in .......................... 4-5

Body Lubrication .............................. 8-27Bottle Holder ..................................... 6-45Brake/Clutch

Fluid ........................................... 8-25Brakes

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..... 5-7Foot brake .................................... 5-5Pad wear indicator ........................ 5-8Parking brake ............................... 5-5Warning light ............................... 5-6

Break-In Period ................................... 4-6Bulb Replacement ............................. 8-38

C

Capacities .......................................... 10-5Carbon Monoxide ............................... 4-4Catalytic Converter ............................. 4-3Cell Phones ....................................... 9-18Child Restraint

Child restraint precautions ......... 2-15LATCH child-restraintsystems ....................................... 2-23

Climate Control System ...................... 6-2Gas specifications ...................... 10-5

11-2

Index


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (403,1)

C

Convertible TopPower Retractable Hardtop ........ 3-54Soft Top ...................................... 3-41

Cruise Control ................................... 5-20Cup Holder ........................................ 6-44Customer Assistance ........................... 9-2

D

Dashboard Illumination .................... 5-37Daytime Running Lights ................... 5-53Defroster

Rear window .............................. 5-56Detachable Hardtop .......................... 3-46Dimensions ....................................... 10-5Door Locks ....................................... 3-28Driving In Flooded Area ................... 4-10Driving Tips ........................................ 4-6

Automatic transmission .............. 5-19Break-in period ............................ 4-6Driving in flooded area .............. 4-10Hazardous driving ........................ 4-7Money-saving suggestions ........... 4-6Rocking the vehicle ...................... 4-8Winter driving .............................. 4-8

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) ..... 5-24DSC OFF indicator light ............ 5-25DSC OFF switch ........................ 5-26TCS/DSC Indicator light ............ 5-25

E

Emergency Starting ........................... 7-21Flooded engine ........................... 7-21Jump-starting .............................. 7-22Push-starting .............................. 7-26

Emergency Towing ........................... 7-27Emission Control System .................... 4-3

E

EngineCoolant ....................................... 8-23Exhaust gas .................................. 4-4Hood release .............................. 3-40Oil .............................................. 8-21Overheating ................................ 7-19Starting ......................................... 5-4

Engine Compartment Overview ........ 8-20Engine Coolant

Overheating ................................ 7-19Engine Coolant TemperatureGauge ................................................ 5-35Exhaust Gas ........................................ 4-4Exterior Care ..................................... 8-53

F

FlasherHazard warning .......................... 5-57Headlights .................................. 5-52

Flat Tire ............................................... 7-3Changing .................................... 7-13Instant Mobility System(IMS) Emergency Flat Tire RepairKit ................................................ 7-6Tool storage .................................. 7-5

FluidsClassification .............................. 10-4Owner maintenance ................... 8-18

Fog Lights ......................................... 5-54Foot Brake .......................................... 5-5Fuel

Filler lid and cap ........................ 3-38Gauge ......................................... 5-36Requirements ............................... 4-2Tank capacity ............................. 10-5

Index

11-3


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (404,1)

F

Fuses ................................................. 8-46Panel description ........................ 8-48Replacement ............................... 8-46

G

Glove Box ......................................... 6-45

H

Hazard Warning Flasher .................... 5-57Hazardous Driving .............................. 4-7Headlights

Control ....................................... 5-52Flashing ...................................... 5-53High-low beam .......................... 5-53On reminder ............................... 5-52

Hood Release .................................... 3-40Horn .................................................. 5-57

I

IgnitionKeys ........................................... 3-22Switch .......................................... 5-2

Immobilizer System(with Advanced Key) ........................ 3-71Immobilizer System(without Advanced Key) ................... 3-74Indicator Lights ................................. 5-38

Cruise ......................................... 5-50DSC OFF .................................... 5-49Headlight high-beam .................. 5-49Security ...................................... 5-48Shift position .............................. 5-49TCS/DSC ................................... 5-49Turn-signal/hazard warning ....... 5-50

Inside Trunk Release Lever ............... 3-34

I

Instrument Cluster ............................. 5-33Interior Care ...................................... 8-57Interior Lights ................................... 6-43

J

Jump-Starting .................................... 7-22

K

Keyless Entry System ....................... 3-23Keys .................................................. 3-22

L

Label Information ............................. 10-2Lane-Change Signals ........................ 5-54Light Bulbs

Replacement ............................... 8-38Specifications ............................. 10-6

Lighting Control ............................... 5-52Lubricant Quality .............................. 10-4

M

MaintenanceIntroduction .................................. 8-2Owner maintenanceprecautions ................................. 8-19Owner maintenance schedule ..... 8-18Scheduled ..................................... 8-3

Manual Transmission Operation ......... 5-9Recommendations for shifting.... 5-10

Mesh Pocket ..................................... 6-46Mirrors

Outside mirrors .......................... 3-79Rearview mirror ......................... 3-80

Money-Saving Suggestions ................ 4-6

11-4

Index


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (405,1)

O

Odometer and Trip Meter .................. 5-34Outside Mirrors ................................. 3-79Overhead Lights ................................ 6-43Overheating ....................................... 7-19Overloading ...................................... 4-10

P

Paint Damage .................................... 8-51Parking Brake ..................................... 5-5Parking in an Emergency .................... 7-2Power Door Locks ............................ 3-29Power Retractable Hardtop ............... 3-54Power Steering .................................. 5-19

Fluid ........................................... 8-26Power Windows ................................ 3-35Push-Starting ..................................... 7-26

R

Rear Window Defroster .................... 5-56Rearview Mirror ................................ 3-80Recreational Towing ......................... 7-30Registering Your Vehicle in A ForeignCountry ............................................. 9-16Rocking the Vehicle ............................ 4-8

S

Safety Defects, Reporting ................. 9-43

S

Seat Belt System3-point type .................................. 2-8Automatic locking ........................ 2-7Belt minder ................................. 2-13Caution label ................................ 2-9Emergency locking ...................... 2-7Extender ..................................... 2-12Pregnant women .......................... 2-7Pretensioner and load limiting .... 2-10Seat belt precautions .................... 2-5Warning light/beep ..................... 2-13

Seats .................................................... 2-2Security System

Immobilizer system(with advanced key) ................... 3-71Immobilizer system(without advanced key) .............. 3-74Theft-deterrent system ............... 3-77

Service Publications .......................... 9-45Soft Top ............................................ 3-41Specifications .................................... 10-4Speedometer ...................................... 5-34SRS Air Bags

How the Air Bags Work ............. 2-37Starting the Engine .............................. 5-4Steering Wheel .................................. 3-79

Horn ........................................... 5-57Storage Compartments ...................... 6-45

Back trim storage box ................ 6-46Glove box ................................... 6-45Mesh pocket ............................... 6-46Seat side box .............................. 6-46

Sunvisors .......................................... 6-43

T

Tachometer ........................................ 5-35Theft-Deterrent System ..................... 3-77

Index

11-5


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Black plate (406,1)

T

TiedownHook .......................................... 7-28

Tire Information ................................ 9-23Tire Pressure Monitoring System ...... 5-27

System error activation .............. 5-30Tire pressure monitoring systemwarning light .............................. 5-28Tires and wheels ......................... 5-31

TiresFlat Tire ........................................ 7-3Inflation pressure ........................ 8-33Replacement ............................... 8-35Rotation ...................................... 8-34Snow tires .................................... 4-9Specifications ............................. 10-6Tire chains .................................... 4-9Uniform tire quality grading system(UTQGS) ................................... 9-21

Tool ..................................................... 7-5Tool Storage ........................................ 7-5Towing

Description ................................. 7-27Emergency towing ..................... 7-27Hook .......................................... 7-28Recreational towing ................... 7-30Trailer towing ............................. 4-11

Traction Control System (TCS) ........ 5-23TCS/DSC indicator light ............ 5-24

Trailer Towing ................................... 4-11Trip Meter ......................................... 5-34Trunk Lid .......................................... 3-31

Inside trunk release lever ............ 3-34Trunk Light ....................................... 6-43Turn and Lane-Change Signals ......... 5-54

V

Vanity Mirrors ................................... 6-43

V

Vehicle Information Labels ............... 10-2

W

Warning LightKEY Warning Light(Red)/KEY Indicator Light(Green) ....................................... 5-47

Warning Lights ................................. 5-38ABS ............................................ 5-40Air bag system ........................... 5-42Automatic transmission .............. 5-44Brake system .............................. 5-40Charging system ......................... 5-41Check engine .............................. 5-42Door-ajar .................................... 5-44Flat tire ....................................... 5-47Low fuel ..................................... 5-43Seat belt ...................................... 5-43Seat belt pretensioner system ..... 5-42Tire pressure monitoringsystem ........................................ 5-45

Warranty ............................................ 9-12Washer Fluid ..................................... 8-26Weights ............................................. 10-5Wheel Replacement .......................... 8-36Windblocker ...................................... 6-48Windows

Power windows .......................... 3-35Windshield Washer ........................... 5-56Windshield Wipers ............................ 5-55

Blades replacement .................... 8-28Winter Driving .................................... 4-8

11-6

Index


Form No.8V80-EA-06F

Documents

mazda-om-release2-109 1..406€¦ · To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual ... baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision,